GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC
424B1, 1996-05-17
INDUSTRIAL INORGANIC CHEMICALS
Previous: ENTERACTIVE INC /DE/, 424B3, 1996-05-17
Next: VOYAGEUR TAX EXEMPT TRUST SERIES 1, 485BPOS, 1996-05-17




<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS

 
7,500,000 SHARES
 
[LOGO]
 
COMMON STOCK
($.01 PAR VALUE)
 
Of the 7,500,000 shares (the 'Shares') of common stock, $.01 par value per share
(the 'Common Stock'), of The General Chemical Group Inc. (the 'Company') offered
hereby,  2,500,000 Shares are being sold by the Company and 5,000,000 Shares are
being sold by a current stockholder of the Company (the 'Selling  Stockholder').
See  'Principal  and Selling  Stockholders.' The  Company  will not  receive any
proceeds from the sale of Shares by the Selling Stockholder.
 
The Shares are  being sold in  two concurrent offerings  (the 'Offerings'),  one
offering initially in the United States and Canada (the 'U.S. Offering') through
U.S. underwriters (the 'U.S. Underwriters') and one initially outside the United
States   and  Canada   (the  'International   Offering')  through  international
underwriters (the 'International Underwriters').  The U.S. Underwriters and  the
International  Underwriters  are  hereinafter collectively  referred  to  as the
'Underwriters.' Of  the  7,500,000 Shares  being  offered, 6,400,000  are  being
offered   in  the  U.S.  Offering  and   1,100,000  are  being  offered  in  the
International Offering, subject to transfers  between the U.S. Underwriters  and
the International Underwriters. See 'Underwriting.'
 

Prior  to the Offerings, there  has been no public  market for the Common Stock.
For information relating to  the factors considered  in determining the  initial
public  offering price, see  'Underwriting.' The Common  Stock has been approved
for listing,  subject to  official notice  of issuance,  on the  New York  Stock
Exchange under the trading symbol 'GCG.'

 
The  Company is authorized to  issue Common Stock and  Class B Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the 'Class B Common Stock'). The Common Stock is  entitled
to  one vote  per share and  is not convertible  into Class B  Common Stock. The
Class  B  Common  Stock  is  entitled  to  10  votes  per  share,  is  generally
non-transferable  and is convertible at any time on a share-for-share basis into
Common Stock. See 'Description of Capital Stock.'
 
Upon  completion   of  the   Offerings,  the   Company's  current   stockholders
collectively will own 100 percent of the outstanding Class B Common Stock, which
will represent 95.2 percent of the combined voting power of the shares of Common
Stock  and  Class B  Common  Stock (assuming  no  exercise of  the Underwriters'
over-allotment options). Paul M. Montrone,  the Chairman of the Company's  Board
of  Directors, is the sole  trustee of a voting  trust which, upon completion of
the Offerings, will hold all  shares of the Class B  Common Stock then owned  by
the  Company's current stockholders and therefore  may be deemed to beneficially
own all such shares. See 'Principal and Selling Stockholders.'
 
SEE 'RISK FACTORS' BEGINNING ON PAGE 8  FOR CERTAIN RISK AND OTHER FACTORS  THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             PROCEEDS TO
                                                    PRICE TO           UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS TO        SELLING
                                                    PUBLIC             DISCOUNT           COMPANY (1)        STOCKHOLDER(1)(2)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Per Share........................................   $17.50             $1.09              $16.41             $16.41
Total(2).........................................   $131,250,000       $8,175,000         $41,025,000        $82,050,000
</TABLE>

 

(1) Before deducting  estimated expenses  of $1,275,000,  of which  $425,000  is
    payable by the Company and $850,000 is payable by the Selling Stockholder.

 

(2) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have granted the Underwriters 30-day
    options  to purchase up  to 375,000 and 750,000  additional shares of Common
    Stock, respectively, on  the same terms  and conditions as  set forth  above
    solely  to cover over-allotments,  if any. If such  options are exercised in
    full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount, Proceeds to  Company
    and  Proceeds  to  Selling  Stockholder  will  be  $150,937,500, $9,401,250,
    $47,178,750 and $94,357,500, respectively.  The Selling Stockholder has  the
    right  to assume any or all of  the Company's option to the Underwriters. If
    such option is fully assumed, and such option and the Selling  Stockholder's
    option to the Underwriters are exercised in full, the total Price to Public,
    Underwriting   Discount,  Proceeds  to  Company   and  Proceeds  to  Selling
    Stockholders will be $150,937,500, $9,401,250, $41,025,000 and $100,511,250,
    respectively. See 'Underwriting.'

 

The Shares are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters, to
prior sale and to  the Underwriters' right  to reject any order  in whole or  in
part  and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is expected
that delivery of the Shares will be made at the office of Salomon Brothers  Inc,
Seven  World Trade Center, New York, New  York, or through the facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, on or about May 21, 1996.

 
   SALOMON BROTHERS INC
                DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                  SECURITIES CORPORATION
                        LAZARD FRERES & CO. LLC
                                  MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
                                     INCORPORATED
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS MAY 15, 1996.              

 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The  Company  has  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,
Washington,  D.C.,  a registration  statement  on Form  S-1  under the  Act with
respect to the Common  Stock being offered by  this Prospectus. This  Prospectus
does  not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement
and the exhibits and  schedules filed therewith.  For further information  about
the  Company and the securities offered by this Prospectus, reference is made to
the registration  statement  and  to the  financial  statements,  schedules  and
exhibits  filed as part of it. Statements contained in this Prospectus about the
contents of any contract  or any other documents  are not necessarily  complete,
and  in each instance, reference is made to the copy of the contract or document
filed as an  exhibit to the  registration statement, each  such statement  being
qualified  in  all  respects  by  such reference.  A  copy  of  the registration
statement may be  inspected without  charge and  may be  obtained at  prescribed
rates  at the Commission's  principal office located at  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549,  the New  York Regional  Office located  at Seven  World
Trade  Center, New York, New York 10048, and the Chicago Regional Office located
at Northwestern Atrium  Center, 500  West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661.
 
     The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual reports
containing financial  statements  certified  by  its  independent  auditors  and
quarterly  reports for the  first three quarters of  each fiscal year containing
unaudited financial information.
 
                            ------------------------
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS   MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE   NEW  YORK  STOCK  EXCHANGE,  IN  THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH  STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY  BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The  following summary is qualified in its  entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction  with, the  more detailed  information and  financial  statements
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking
statements  which involve risks and  uncertainties. The Company's actual results
may differ  significantly  from the  results  discussed in  the  forward-looking
statements.  Factors that  might cause  such a  difference include,  but are not
limited to, those discussed in  'Risk Factors.' Unless otherwise indicated,  all
information  in  this Prospectus  (i)  assumes that  the  over-allotment options
granted to the Underwriters (collectively, the 'Over-allotment Option') are  not
exercised,  and (ii)  gives effect  to the  conversion immediately  prior to the
Offerings of each outstanding share of  the Company's current common stock  into
an  identical  number  of  shares  of Class  B  Common  Stock.  Investors should
carefully consider  the information  set  forth under  'Risk Factors'  prior  to
making a decision to purchase Shares in the Offerings.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The  General Chemical Group Inc., which has  a history dating back to 1899,
is a diversified manufacturing company  predominantly engaged in the  production
of  inorganic  chemicals, with  manufacturing facilities  located in  the United
States and  Canada. Through  its  Chemical Segment,  the  Company is  a  leading
producer  of soda ash in  North America, and a  major North American supplier of
calcium chloride, sodium and  ammonia salts, sulfites, nitrites,  aluminum-based
chemical  products,  printing plates  and  refinery and  chemical  sulfuric acid
regeneration services to a  broad range of  industrial and municipal  customers.
Through its Manufacturing Segment, the Company manufactures precision and highly
engineered  stamped and  machined metal products,  principally automotive engine
parts.
 
     During its  more than  90-year  history, the  Company  has built  a  strong
customer  base  and enjoys  significant  market shares  in  the majority  of its
product lines. The Company believes that its strong market positions result from
its competitive  strengths,  including low  cost  manufacturing,  technological,
marketing and distribution expertise, control over the supply of its primary raw
materials,  high-quality products  and customer  service and  the experience and
commitment  of   its  management.   These  strengths   and  increased   earnings
diversification  have  enabled  the  Company  to  demonstrate  stability  in its
operating cash  flow over  the past  five  years, even  during periods  of  weak
economic  activity in  the United  States. The Company  plans to  build upon its
strengths with strategic initiatives  intended to increase profitability.  These
initiatives currently include: (i) pursuit of long-term growth opportunities and
additional   earnings  diversification  through  product  development,  capacity
expansion, selective acquisitions  and continuous quality  improvement and  (ii)
further  operating cost reductions and  improvements in operating efficiency. In
the recent past,  primarily through capacity  expansions and improved  operating
efficiencies,  the Company has achieved a  more balanced earnings mix throughout
its major product lines in the Chemical  Segment. In the future, in addition  to
pursuing  these strategic initiatives, the Company expects that growth will also
result from a  more robust market  for soda  ash, its largest  product line,  as
export  volumes continue to improve, particularly to Asia and Latin America, due
to the  low  cost position  of  the Company  and  other U.S.  natural  soda  ash
producers  and the  continuing reduction  in the  global production  capacity of
synthetic soda ash due to further plant closures.
 
Chemical Segment
 
     The Company's Chemical  Segment accounted for  approximately 87 percent  of
the  Company's consolidated 1995 net revenues.  Within the Chemical Segment, the
industrial chemical product lines  consisting of soda  ash and calcium  chloride
accounted  for approximately 47  percent of the  Company's consolidated 1995 net
revenues. Soda ash, an inorganic chemical  also referred to as sodium  carbonate
or  alkali, is used in the manufacture  of many familiar consumer products found
in virtually every home, including  glass, soap, detergent, paper, textiles  and
food. The Company, with an estimated 23 percent market share based on 1995 sales
in the U.S. and Canadian markets, produces
 
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
natural  soda ash through a 51 percent-owned partnership, General Chemical (Soda
Ash) Partners ('GCSAP'),  at its plant  in Green River,  Wyoming, and  synthetic
soda   ash  through  its  wholly-owned  Canadian  subsidiary  at  its  plant  in
Amherstburg, Ontario. General Chemical is the managing partner of GCSAP. Calcium
chloride, a co-product of the synthetic soda ash process, is sold primarily  for
use  on Canada's extensive network of unpaved roads for dust control and roadbed
stabilization during the summer and on highways for melting ice in the Northeast
United States during the winter.
 
     The Company's Chemical  Segment also includes  the derivative products  and
services  product  lines which  accounted for  approximately  40 percent  of the
Company's consolidated 1995 net revenues.  The derivative products and  services
product  lines  encompass a  wide range  of  products, including  sulfuric acid,
sodium  and  ammonia  salts,  sulfites,  aluminum-based  chemical  products  and
nitrites, that are derived principally from the Company's production of soda ash
and  regeneration of  sulfuric acid.  These derivative  products are categorized
into five  major product  line groups  whose end  markets include  refinery  and
chemical  sulfuric acid regeneration, water treatment, photo chemicals, pulp and
paper, chemical processing, semiconductor devices and printing.
 
     Due to the Company's control and  integration of the primary raw  materials
for  its derivative products and services product  lines, the Company is able to
control  quality  while  maintaining  a  competitive  and  less  volatile   cost
structure.  The combination of high quality and a competitive cost structure has
resulted in the  Company having  leading market shares  in the  majority of  the
specific market segments in which it competes.
 
Manufacturing Segment
 
     The  Company's Manufacturing Segment accounted for approximately 13 percent
of  the  Company's  consolidated  1995  net  revenues  and  specializes  in  the
manufacture  of  precision  and  highly engineered  stamped  and  machined metal
products for  the  automotive  industry. These  products  consist  primarily  of
automotive  engine components such as rocker arms, roller rocker arms and roller
followers. During 1995, the Company built a second production facility to handle
additional volume requirements  resulting from its  participation in new  engine
programs  for the three major  U.S. auto manufacturers. The  Company is the sole
supplier to the new engine programs  in which it participates. The Company  also
manufactures fluid handling equipment sold to the automotive service market.
 
     The  Company is incorporated under  the laws of the  State of Delaware. The
Company's principal executive office  is located at  Liberty Lane, Hampton,  New
Hampshire  03842  (telephone:  (603)  929-2606).  Unless  the  context otherwise
requires, the term the 'Company' refers  to The General Chemical Group Inc.  and
all of its subsidiaries.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company:
     U.S. Offering..............................  2,150,000 shares(1)
     International Offering.....................  350,000 shares(1)
          Total.................................  2,500,000 shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder:
     U.S. Offering..............................  4,250,000 shares(1)
     International Offering.....................  750,000 shares(1)
          Total.................................  5,000,000 shares
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock to be
  Outstanding after the Offerings:
     Common Stock...............................  7,500,000 shares(2)
     Class B Common Stock.......................  14,736,842 shares(3)(4)
          Total.................................  22,236,842 shares
Proposed NYSE Symbol............................  'GCG'
Voting Rights...................................  The  Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will vote together as
                                                  a single class on all  matters, except as otherwise required  by
                                                  law,  with each share  of Common Stock having  one vote and each
                                                  share of Class B Common Stock having ten votes. Upon  completion
                                                  of  the Offerings, the Current Stockholders will own 100 percent
                                                  of the outstanding  Class B Common  Stock, which will  represent
                                                  95.2  percent  of the  combined voting  power  of the  shares of
                                                  Common Stock and Class B  Common Stock (assuming no exercise  of
                                                  the  Over-allotment Option). See  'Description of Capital Stock'
                                                  and 'Principal and Selling Stockholders.'
Use of Proceeds.................................  The Company expects  to use  the $40.6 million  of net  proceeds
                                                  from  the  sale of  the  Shares offered  by  the Company  in the
                                                  Offerings to (i)  repay indebtedness  outstanding under  General
                                                  Chemical's U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) repay other U.S.
                                                  bank  debt  of  the  Company  and  (iii)  for  general corporate
                                                  purposes. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds  from
                                                  the  sale  of Shares  by the  Selling  Stockholder. See  'Use of
                                                  Proceeds.'
Dividend Policy.................................  The Company currently intends to  pay a quarterly cash  dividend
                                                  to  its stockholders in an amount expected to be equivalent to a
                                                  quarterly cash dividend  of $.05  per share (or  an annual  cash
                                                  dividend of $.20 per share). See 'Dividend Policy.'
Risk Factors....................................  See 'Risk Factors.'
</TABLE>

 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Excludes  750,000  and 375,000  shares of  Common  Stock to  be sold  by the
    Selling Stockholder  and the  Company, respectively,  if the  Over-allotment
    Option  is exercised in full (or 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold
    by the Selling Stockholder if the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full
    and the Selling  Stockholder assumes in  full the Company's  portion of  the
    Over-allotment Option). See 'Underwriting.'
 
(2) Excludes  2,200,000 shares of  Common Stock reserved  for issuance under the
    Company's 1996 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the '1996 Stock Plan'),  and
    850,000  shares of Common  Stock issuable by the  Company upon completion of
    the  Offerings  under  the  Company's  Restricted  Unit  Plan  primarily  in
    satisfaction  of the existing  rights of employees  under the Equity Program
    and the Dividend Award Program  (collectively, the 'Prior Equity  Programs')
    of  the  Company's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  General  Chemical Corporation
    ('General Chemical'). See 'Management -- Restricted Unit Plan' and ' -- 1996
    Stock Option and Incentive Plan.'
 
(3) Upon completion of the Offerings, the Selling Stockholder and the two  other
    current  beneficial stockholders (collectively,  the 'Current Stockholders')
    will collectively own 100  percent of the Class  B Common Stock, which  will
    represent  95.2  percent of  the combined  voting  power of  the outstanding
    Common Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  (assuming  no  exercise  of  the
    Over-allotment  Option).  Assuming exercise  in  full of  the Over-allotment
    Option, the Current Stockholders would collectively own 13,986,842 shares of
    Class B  Common  Stock,  representing  approximately  94.2  percent  of  the
    combined  voting power  of the outstanding  Common Stock and  Class B Common
    Stock (or  13,611,842  shares of  Class  B Common  Stock  representing  94.0
    percent  of  said  combined voting  power  if the  Over-allotment  Option is
    exercised in full and the Selling Stockholder assumes in full the  Company's
    portion  of  the  Over-allotment  Option).  Mr.  Paul  Montrone,  a  current
    beneficial owner, is also the sole trustee of a voting trust which holds all
    shares of  the  Class B  Common  Stock  beneficially owned  by  the  Current
    Stockholders  and  therefore  may be  deemed  to beneficially  own  all such
    shares. See 'Principal and Selling Stockholders.'
 
(4) Each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible at any time into one share
    of Common Stock and  converts automatically into one  share of Common  Stock
    upon  a transfer to any person other than a Permitted Transferee (as defined
    herein). See 'Description of Capital Stock.'
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                         SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The following Summary Financial Information  is derived from the  Company's
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction with
Management's Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                 MARCH 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------      ----------------------
                                     1991          1992           1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                   --------      --------       --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues....................   $561,762      $544,704       $518,718      $525,912      $550,871      $128,661      $144,571
Operating profit................    101,077       108,572         97,120        98,241(1)    106,997        22,471        27,530
Interest expense................     48,891        42,047         37,917        33,006        26,704         6,802         6,464
Income from continuing
  operations before income
  taxes, extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change (2).........     31,066        42,253         43,421        46,698(1)     64,419        12,422        15,353
Income from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............     20,672        23,811         27,236        28,305(1)     21,093(3)      7,890         9,316
Net income (loss) (4)...........   $ 26,714(5)   $(17,617)(6)   $ 25,151      $ 20,102(1)   $ 21,093(3)   $  7,890      $  9,316
                                   --------      --------       --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
                                   --------      --------       --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
PER SHARE (7):
Income from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............      $1.05         $1.21          $1.38         $1.43(1)      $1.07(3)       $.40          $.47
Net income (loss)...............       1.35(5)       (.89)(6)       1.27          1.02(1)       1.07(3)        .40           .47
Weighted average number of
  shares........................ 19,736,842    19,736,842     19,736,842    19,736,842    19,736,842    19,736,842    19,736,842
OTHER DATA:
Capital expenditures............   $ 20,607      $ 18,141       $ 20,221      $ 28,503      $ 34,093      $  7,162      $  8,622
Depreciation and amortization
  (8)...........................     28,963        27,916         25,826        25,109        27,095         6,919         7,242
EBITDA (9)......................    103,990       108,085        104,145       102,326       115,281        25,332        28,451
PRO FORMA DATA (10):
Net income......................                                                              40,583                       9,828
Net income per share............                                                                1.76                         .43
</TABLE>
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                              -----------------------------
                                                                                               ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED (11)
                                                                                              ---------    ----------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>               <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments..........................................   $  21,623        $ 33,798
Adjusted working capital (12)..............................................................      22,148          19,748
Total assets...............................................................................     445,331         445,506
Long-term debt (13)........................................................................     288,077         247,652
Total equity (deficit).....................................................................    (206,059)       (165,459)
</TABLE>

 
- ------------------------------
 
 (1) During  1994 the Company  recorded a $9.0 million  charge to earnings ($5.4
     million net of tax) ($.27 per share) related to the July 26, 1993 Richmond,
     California, incident. See 'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
 
 (2) Net of minority interest.
 
 (3) In 1995, the Company recorded a  nonrecurring charge to income tax  expense
     of  $17.1 million ($.87 per  share) for all years  prior to 1995 related to
     IRS examinations.  See  Note  2  of Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements.
 
 (4) During  1993 and 1994 the Company  recorded extraordinary losses related to
     the early retirement  of certain outstanding  indebtedness of $2.1  million
     and $8.2 million, respectively.
 
 (5) The  Company had  income from  discontinued operations  of $6.0  million in
     1991.
 
 (6) The Company  implemented Statement  of Financial  Accounting Standards  No.
     106, Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions,
     on  the  immediate  recognition  basis  effective  January  1,  1992, which
     resulted in an after tax charge of $41.4 million.
 
 (7) Adjusted for  all periods  presented to  reflect a  202,994.4539 per  share
     stock dividend effected as of October 17, 1994.
 
 (8) Consolidated   depreciation  and  amortization  excluding  amortization  of
     deferred financing costs.
 
 (9) EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before net  interest
     (including   amortization  of  deferred  financing  costs),  income  taxes,
     extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change, depreciation
     and amortization, but  after pre-tax  minority interest in  income, and  is
     presented  because  it  is a  widely  accepted financial  indicator  of the
     Company's ability to service and/or incur  debt. EBITDA is not required  by
     generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as an
     alternative  to net income,  consolidated cash flow  from operations or any
     other measure  of performance  required  by generally  accepted  accounting
     principles or as an indicator of the Company's operating performance.
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
(footnotes continued from previous page)
 

(10) Adjusted  to give effect as  of January 1, 1995 and  January 1, 1996 to (i)
     the sale of 2,500,000 Shares offered by  the Company hereby and the use  of
     net  proceeds  therefrom as  set forth  under 'Use  of Proceeds,'  (ii) the
     elimination of the effect of the $17.1 million nonrecurring tax charge  and
     (iii)  the issuance of 850,000 units  representing 850,000 shares of common
     stock issuable under the Restricted Unit Plan. No adjustment has been  made
     for  the one-time,  after-tax charge  of $6.3  million (or  $.27 per share)
     reflecting the accrual of awards payable as a result of the Offerings under
     the terms of the Restricted Unit Plan.

 

(11) Adjusted to give effect as of March  31, 1996 to (i) the sale of  2,500,000
     Shares  offered  by the  Company hereby  and  the use  of the  net proceeds
     therefrom as set forth under 'Use  of Proceeds' and (ii) the prepayment  in
     conjunction  with the Offerings of  promissory notes totaling $12.0 million
     from a former stockholder of the  Company. No adjustment has been made  for
     the  one-time,  after-tax  charge  of  $6.3  million  (or  $.27  per share)
     reflecting the accrual of awards payable as a result of the Offerings under
     the terms of the Restricted Unit Plan.

 
(12) Adjusted working capital consists of  total current assets (excluding  cash
     and  short-term investments) less total  current liabilities (excluding the
     current portion of long-term debt).
 
(13) Includes the current portion of long-term debt.
 
                                       7


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective  purchasers should  carefully consider  all the  information in
this Prospectus and in particular the following before deciding to purchase  any
Shares.
 
INDUSTRY CYCLICALITY AND COMPETITION
 
     The  chemical industry has historically experienced periodic downturns that
have had an adverse effect on the industry as a whole and on the Company and its
profits. Furthermore, certain of the businesses in which the Company engages are
highly competitive.
 
     The profitability of  the Company's  operations is affected  by the  market
price  of  soda ash  more  than any  other  factor. The  price  of soda  ash has
fluctuated in  recent years  and  is affected  by  numerous factors  beyond  the
Company's control -- such as increases in industry capacity, decreases in demand
for  soda ash (or its end-use products such as glass, sodium based chemicals and
detergents)  and  the  change  in   price  and/or  availability  of   substitute
products -- the effect of which cannot be accurately predicted.
 
     Historically,  the price of  soda ash has  fluctuated based on  the rate of
industry  capacity  utilization  by  U.S.  producers.  In  general,  over  time,
profitability  increases and decreases with  concomitant increases and decreases
in the industry utilization rate. After operating above 95 percent of  estimated
realizable capacity from 1988 to 1991, industry utilization levels declined over
the  next several years and reached a low of 86 percent in 1993. The drop in the
utilization rate was a result of the expansion by existing soda ash producers of
approximately 1.2 million  tons of  capacity (representing about  11 percent  of
total  U.S.  capacity  at that  time),  reduced  exports to  Europe  and certain
customers' utilization of caustic soda in place of soda ash to take advantage of
a precipitous drop in caustic soda prices  in 1993 as production of chlorine  (a
co-product  of caustic soda) increased. Caustic soda can be used as a substitute
for soda ash  in the production  of pulp  and paper and  certain other  chemical
applications.  Over the past two years, due predominantly to continued growth in
certain  segments  of  the  export  market,  combined  with  improved   domestic
consumption  (in  part  attributable  to select  customers  switching  back from
caustic soda  to  soda  ash),  industry  utilization  levels  have  returned  to
approximately 95 percent.
 
     Several  existing U.S. natural  soda ash producers  have recently completed
capacity  expansions  totalling  1.3  million  tons.  Based  on  current  market
conditions,  the Company believes that export  growth, the closure of additional
synthetic  soda  ash   facilities  outside  North   America  and  new   customer
applications  for soda ash will increase demand for U.S. soda ash to absorb this
increased capacity. Absent such improvements, the recently completed  expansions
would likely lower the industry utilization rate.
 
     In  addition,  in  1993, a  company  controlled by  a  private entrepreneur
announced plans to construct a 1.0 million-ton trona benefication plant at Green
River, Wyoming, employing new (and  yet to be commercialized) technology.  While
there  can be no assurance that this plant will not proceed, its construction is
contingent upon obtaining all of the necessary regulatory approvals and permits,
mineral leases and financing. It is uncertain at this time whether any or all of
these requirements have been or will be met.
 
     The soda  ash industry,  like other  domestic industries  with  significant
export  volume, faces  certain competitive  pressures overseas.  In this regard,
fluctuations in the value  of the U.S. dollar  can alter the competitiveness  of
U.S.  soda ash sold  in overseas markets.  See 'Business --  Chemical Segment --
Industrial Chemicals -- Markets/Customers.'
 
     With respect  to  calcium  chloride,  the Company,  with  450,000  tons  of
capacity,  is  the largest  producer of  calcium chloride  in Canada.  Its major
competitors are Dow Chemical in the U.S. and local producers in Western  Canada.
In  the United States, the  Company is the third  largest distributor of calcium
chloride behind Dow Chemical and Tetra Technologies. Total industry capacity  in
the  United States  and Canada is  approximately 1.7 million  tons. During 1995,
Ambar, Inc.,  an oil  services company,  announced its  intention to  enter  the
calcium  chloride  market  and  has  subsequently  purchased  an  existing  salt
evaporation facility in Michigan for conversion to calcium chloride  production.
Ambar  has announced  that the  facility is  expected to  come on  stream in the
latter half of
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
1996 with an announced capacity of  300,000 tons, although the Company  believes
actual  production may be less. Some portion of the potential production will be
used for internal consumption by Ambar in its oil services business in the  Gulf
Coast region.
 
RICHMOND WORKS JULY 26, 1993 INCIDENT
 
     On  July  26,  1993,  a  pressure relief  device  on  a  railroad  tank car
containing oleum that was being unloaded at the Company's Richmond,  California,
facility,  ruptured  during  the unloading  process,  causing the  release  of a
significant amount  of  sulfur  trioxide.  Approximately  150  lawsuits  seeking
substantial  amounts of damages were  filed against the Company  on behalf of in
excess of  60,000  claimants in  municipal  and superior  courts  of  California
(Contra  Costa and San  Francisco counties) and in  federal court (United States
District Court for the Northern District  of California). All state court  cases
were  coordinated  before  a coordination  trial  judge in  Contra  Costa County
Superior Court (In Re GCC Richmond Works Cases, JCCP No. 2906). The court, among
other things, appointed plaintiffs' liaison counsel and a plaintiffs' management
committee. The federal  court cases were  stayed until completion  of the  state
court cases.
 
     After  several months of negotiation under  the supervision of a settlement
master,  the   Company  and   plaintiffs'   management  committee   executed   a
comprehensive settlement agreement which resolved the claims of approximately 95
percent  of the claimants  who filed lawsuits  arising out of  the July 26, 1993
incident, including the federal court  cases. After a final settlement  approval
hearing  on  October  27,  1995,  the  coordination  trial  judge  approved  the
settlement on November 22, 1995.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company, with  funds
to  be provided by its insurers pursuant  to the terms of the insurance policies
described below,  has agreed  to make  available a  maximum of  $180 million  to
implement  the settlement.  Various 'funds' and  'pools' are  established by the
settlement agreement to  compensate claimants in  different subclasses who  meet
certain  requirements.  Of  this  amount, $24  million  has  been  allocated for
punitive damages,  notwithstanding the  Company's  strong belief  that  punitive
damages  are not warranted. The settlement also makes available a maximum of $23
million of this $180 million for the payment of legal fees and litigation  costs
to plaintiffs' class counsel and the plaintiffs' management committee.
 
     The settlement agreement provides, among other things, that while claimants
may  'opt out' of the compensatory damages  portion of the settlement and pursue
their own cases  separate and apart  from the class  settlement mechanism,  they
have  no right  to opt out  of the  punitive damages portion  of the settlement.
Consequently, under the  terms of  the settlement,  no party  may seek  punitive
damages  from  the Company  outside  of those  provided  by the  settlement. The
deadline for claimants electing to opt  out of the compensatory damages  portion
of  the settlement was  October 5, 1995,  and fewer than  3,000 claimants, which
constitutes approximately  5 percent  of  the total  number of  claimants,  have
elected to so opt out. The various settlement pools and funds will be reduced to
create  a reserve to  fund the Company's  defense and/or settlement  (if any) of
opt-out claims. Except with respect  to compensatory damage claims by  claimants
electing  to opt out, the settlement fully  releases from all claims arising out
of the July  26, 1993  incident the  Company and  all of  its related  entities,
shareholders, directors, officers and employees, and all other entities who have
been  or  could have  been  sued as  a  result of  the  July 26,  1993 incident,
including all those who have sought or could seek indemnity from the Company.
 
     Under the terms of the settlement agreement, settling claimants may receive
payment of their claims prior to the resolution of any appeal of the  settlement
upon  providing,  among  other  things,  a  signed  release  document containing
language which fully releases  the Company from any  further claims, either  for
compensatory  or punitive  damages, arising out  of the July  26, 1993 incident.
Plaintiffs' liaison counsel are currently undertaking to obtain signed  releases
from  the approximately 95 percent of  claimants who have elected to participate
in the settlement, and  as of April  15, 1996 the  Company had already  received
releases from approximately 85 percent of the settling claimants. Final payments
to  the plaintiffs' management  committee on behalf  of these settling claimants
have been  made  with  funds  provided principally  by  the  Company's  insurers
pursuant  to the  terms of the  insurance policies described  below, and further
payments will be made as additional releases are received and reviewed.
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Notices of appeal  of all  or portions of  the settlement  approved by  the
court  have  been  filed  by five  law  firms  representing  approximately 2,750
claimants, with approximately 2,700 of  these claimants represented by the  same
law firm. These claimants have not specified the amount of their claims in court
documents,  although the  Company believes  that their  alleged injuries  are no
different in nature  or extent  than those  alleged by  the settling  claimants.
Based  on papers filed by  the appellants with the  California Court of Appeals,
the primary grounds for  appeal are expected  to be that  the settlement is  not
'fair, reasonable and adequate' under California law, that the trial court erred
in  certifying a  class action  for purposes of  settlement and  in certifying a
mandatory  punitive  damage  class,  that  the  trial  court  awarded  excessive
attorneys'  fees to the  plaintiffs' management committee  and plaintiffs' class
counsel, that the trial court exceeded its authority in reducing contingent fees
payable to attorneys for representing  individual claimants, and that the  trial
court  erroneously  applied a  state  statute that  governs  unclaimed residuals
remaining from class action settlements. If the settlement is upheld on  appeal,
the  Company believes that any  further liability in excess  of the amounts made
available under the settlement agreement (such as for opt-outs) will not  exceed
the available insurance coverage, if at all, by an amount that could be material
to its financial condition or results of operations.
 
     The  settlement also includes terms and  conditions designed to protect the
Company in the event that the settlement as approved by the court is  overturned
or  modified on appeal. If such an  overturn or modification occurs, the Company
has the  right  to terminate  the  settlement  and make  no  further  settlement
payments,   and  any  then  unexpended   portions  of  the  settlement  proceeds
(including, without limitation, the $24  million punitive damage fund) would  be
available  to address any expenses and liabilities that might arise from such an
overturn or modification. In addition, as discussed above, in the event that the
settlement as approved  by the court  is overturned or  modified on appeal,  the
release  document  signed by  settling claimants  contains language  which fully
releases the  Company  from  any  further claims,  either  for  compensatory  or
punitive  damages,  arising  out of  the  July  26, 1993  incident.  The Company
believes that it will  have obtained releases from  a majority of the  remaining
settling  claimants prior  to any  such appeal  being ruled  on by  an appellate
court.
 
     While there can  be no assurances  regarding how an  appellate court  might
rule,  the Company believes that the settlement will be upheld on appeal. In the
event of a reversal or modification of the settlement on appeal, with respect to
lawsuits by any then  remaining claimants (opt-outs  and settling claimants  who
have not signed releases) the Company believes that, whether or not it elects to
terminate the settlement in the event it is overturned or modified on appeal, it
will have adequate resources from its available insurance coverage to vigorously
defend  these lawsuits  through their ultimate  conclusion, whether  by trial or
settlement. However, in the  event the settlement is  overturned or modified  on
appeal,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's  ultimate liability
resulting from  the  July 26,  1993  incident  would not  exceed  the  available
insurance  coverage  by  an amount  which  could  be material  to  its financial
condition or  results of  operations, nor  is the  Company able  to estimate  or
predict a range of what such ultimate liability might be, if any.
 
     The  Company has insurance coverage relating  to the July 26, 1993 incident
which totals $200 million.  The first two layers  of coverage total $25  million
with a sublimit of $12 million applicable to the July 26, 1993 incident, and the
Company  also has excess insurance  policies of $175 million  over the first two
layers. In 1993, the Company reached an agreement with the carrier for the first
two layers whereby the carrier paid the Company $16 million in settlement of all
claims the Company had against that carrier.  In the third quarter of 1994,  the
Company  recorded a $9 million charge to earnings which represents the Company's
estimated minimum liability (net of  the insurance settlement already  received)
for  costs which the Company believes it  will incur related to this matter. The
Company's excess  insurance policies,  which are  written by  two  Bermuda-based
insurers,  provide coverage for  compensatory as well  as punitive damages. Both
insurers have executed agreements with  the Company confirming their  respective
commitments  to fund the settlement as required by their insurance policies with
the Company and  as described in  the settlement agreement.  In addition,  these
same  insurers currently  continue to  provide substantially  the same insurance
coverage to the Company.
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
LEVERAGE
 
     The Company had $288.1 million of  total long-term debt at March 31,  1996.
During the last nine months of 1996, the Company will be required to repay $15.5
million  of long-term debt.  The high level of  the Company's indebtedness poses
risks to investors in the Shares, including the risks that the Company might not
generate sufficient cash  flow to  service the Company's  obligations, that  the
Company  might not be able to obtain additional financing in the future and that
the Company may be more highly  leveraged than certain of its competitors  which
may  put it at a competitive disadvantage.  The Company's ability to service its
debt will depend on its future performance, which will be subject to  prevailing
economic  and competitive conditions and to other factors. See 'Capitalization,'
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations' and 'Description of Indebtedness.'
 
VOTING CONTROL BY AND RELATIONSHIP WITH PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS; ANTI-TAKEOVER
EFFECT OF DUAL CLASSES OF STOCK
 
     Holders  of Common Stock are entitled to  one vote per share and holders of
Class B Common Stock are entitled to 10 votes per share. Upon completion of  the
Offerings,  Paul M. Montrone, Chairman of the  Board of Directors, and a grantor
retained annuity trust (the 'GRAT') of  which Mr. Montrone is a beneficiary  and
currently a co-trustee, each will beneficially own approximately 33.5 percent of
the  outstanding Class B Common Stock,  and Stonor Group Limited ('Stonor'), the
Selling Stockholder,  will own  approximately 33.0  percent of  the  outstanding
Class  B  Common Stock  (35.3  percent and  29.4  percent, respectively,  if the
Over-allotment Option is exercised  in full and 36.3  percent and 27.5  percent,
respectively,  if the Over-allotment Option is exercised in full and the Selling
Stockholder assumes in full the Company's portion of the Over-allotment Option).
These holdings of Class B Common Stock represent 31.9 percent, 31.9 percent  and
31.4  percent, respectively,  of the  combined voting  power of  the outstanding
shares of Common Stock  and Class B  Common Stock (assuming  no exercise of  the
Over-allotment  Option),  or  33.2  percent,  33.2  percent  and  27.8  percent,
respectively, if  the  Over-allotment  Option  is exercised  in  full  (or  34.1
percent,  34.1  percent and  25.9 percent,  respectively, if  the Over-allotment
Option is exercised  in full  and the Selling  Stockholder assumes  in full  the
Company's  portion of  the Over-allotment  Option). Pursuant  to the  terms of a
voting trust agreement dated as  of March 31, 1995  by and between Mr.  Montrone
and  Stonor, Mr. Montrone is the sole trustee  of a voting trust which will hold
all  shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  owned  by  the  Current  Stockholders.
Accordingly,  until the earlier of  the date of termination  of the voting trust
(March 31, 2005 or the occurrence of certain other events) or the date on  which
a  significant portion of the shares of Class  B Common Stock held in the voting
trust are withdrawn therefrom (which withdrawal is permitted in connection  with
a  sale of  shares by  any such stockholder  in a  public or  private sale), Mr.
Montrone alone will  have sufficient voting  power (without the  consent of  any
other  stockholder of the Company) to elect the entire Board of Directors of the
Company and, in general, to determine the outcome of any corporate  transactions
or  other matters submitted to the  stockholders for approval, including mergers
and sales  of assets,  and to  prevent, or  cause, a  change of  control of  the
Company. Mr. Montrone's ability to affect the business affairs and operations of
the Company will be increased by his position as Chairman of the Company's Board
of  Directors. After the  consummation of the Offerings,  the Company intends to
seek the  election  of at  least  two directors  who  are neither  officers  nor
employees  of  the Company.  In addition,  Mr.  Montrone may  from time  to time
acquire shares of Common Stock or warrants, options or rights to acquire  shares
of  Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and
the Company has entered  into an agreement with  Mr. Montrone pursuant to  which
the  Company has agreed not to take any actions attempting to interfere with any
such acquisitions. See 'Principal and Selling Stockholders.' In April 1996,  the
Company  entered into  a Stockholder  Agreement with  the GRAT  and Mr. Montrone
pursuant to which the GRAT granted to the Company a right of first refusal  with
respect  to any transfer of shares of Common  Stock by the GRAT through March 1,
2001. In exchange, the Company agreed to register for sale under the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the '1933 Act'), at any time beginning on March 1, 1997
and ending on March 1, 2001, shares of Common Stock which the GRAT may from time
to time distribute to Mr. Montrone or his assignees, although Mr. Montrone would
not  be  obligated  to  sell  any  such  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The Company
subsequently entered into a similar agreement with Stonor.
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Mr. Montrone and Paul Meister  are Managing Directors of Latona  Associates
Inc.  (the  'Adviser'),  a management  company  controlled by  Mr.  Montrone. On
January 1,  1995, the  Company entered  into an  agreement with  the Adviser  to
provide  the Company with  strategic guidance and  advice related to financings,
security  offerings,  recapitalizations   and  restructurings,  tax,   corporate
secretarial,  employee benefit and  other administrative services  as well as to
provide  advice   regarding  the   Company's  automotive   parts   manufacturing
businesses.  In  1996, Mr.  Meister  joined the  Adviser  with the  objective of
enhancing its ability  to provide these  strategic services and  to develop  and
pursue  acquisitions and business combinations designed to enhance the long-term
growth prospects and value of the Company.
 
     Under its agreement with  the Adviser, the Company  has agreed to pay  (and
paid  during 1995) the Adviser an annual  fee of $5.5 million, payable quarterly
in advance, adjusted annually after 1995 for increases in the U.S. Department of
Labor, Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  Consumer Price  Index.  In  addition,  in
connection  with any acquisition  or business combination  with respect to which
the Adviser  advises the  Company, the  Company has  agreed to  pay the  Adviser
additional  fees comparable  to those received  by investment  banking firms for
such services  (subject  to  the  approval of  a  majority  of  the  independent
directors  of the Company). The agreement extends through December 31, 2004. The
agreement may  be terminated  by either  party  if the  other party  ceases,  or
threatens to cease, to carry on its business, or has committed a material breach
of  the agreement which is not remedied within 30 days of notice of such breach.
The agreement may also be  terminated by the Company  if Mr. Montrone ceases  to
hold, directly or indirectly, shares of the Company's capital stock constituting
at  least 20  percent of the  total of  all shares of  Common Stock  and Class B
Common Stock then issued and outstanding.
 
     The terms of the agreement between the Company and the Adviser were not the
result of arm's length negotiations. Mr. Montrone, who controls both the Adviser
and the  Company,  negotiated  the  terms of  the  agreement  and  will  receive
substantial  economic benefits from  the fees to  be paid to  the Adviser by the
Company. While there can be no assurance that  the amount of fees to be paid  by
the  Company to the  Adviser will not  exceed the amount  that the Company would
have to  pay  to obtain  from  unaffiliated third  parties  the services  to  be
provided by the Adviser, the Company believes that employees of the Adviser have
extensive knowledge concerning the Company's business which would be impractical
for  a third party to obtain. As a  result, the Company has not compared the fee
payable to the  Adviser with fees  that might  be charged by  third parties  for
similar services. The Company has adopted a policy that any amendment to, waiver
of, extension of or other change in the terms of the agreement with the Adviser,
as  well  as  any  transactions  perceived  to  involve  potential  conflicts of
interest, will require the approval of  a majority of the independent  directors
of the Company.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
 
     General.  The  Company's  operations  are  subject  to  numerous  laws  and
regulations relating to the  protection of human health  and the environment  in
the  U.S. and Canada. The Company believes  that it is in substantial compliance
with  such  laws  and  regulations.  However,  as  a  result  of  the  Company's
operations,  it is  involved from  time to  time in  administrative and judicial
proceedings and  inquiries  relating  to environmental  matters.  These  include
several   currently  pending   administrative  proceedings   concerning  alleged
environmental violations  at  the  Company's facilities.  Based  on  information
available  at  this time  with respect  to  potential liability  involving these
facilities, the  Company believes  that  any such  liability  would not  have  a
material  adverse effect on its financial  position or results of operations. In
addition, modifications of existing laws and regulations or the adoption of  new
laws  and regulations in the future,  particularly with respect to environmental
and safety  standards,  as  well  as the  discovery  of  additional  or  unknown
environmental  contamination, if any, at the Company's facilities, could require
expenditures which might be material to  the Company's results of operations  or
financial  condition.  See 'Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial
Condition  and   Results   of   Operations   --   Environmental   Matters'   and
'Business -- Environmental Matters.'
 
     Accruals/Insurance.  The Company's  accruals for  environmental liabilities
are  recorded  based  on  current  interpretations  of  environmental  laws  and
regulations  when it  is probable  that a  liability has  been incurred  and the
amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Accruals for environmental
matters were $15.9  million and  $16.6 million at  December 31,  1994 and  1995,
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
respectively. The Company maintains a comprehensive insurance program, including
customary  comprehensive  general  liability  insurance  for  bodily  injury and
property damage caused  by various  activities and  occurrences and  significant
excess  coverage to insure against catastrophic occurrences such as the July 26,
1993 Richmond, California, incident. The Company does not maintain any insurance
related  specifically  to  remediation  of  existing  or  future   environmental
contamination,  if any. See  'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition   and    Results   of    Operations   --    Environmental    Matters,'
'Business -- Environmental Matters and Legal Proceedings' and Note 5 of Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
DEPENDENCE ON MINERAL LEASES FOR RAW MATERIALS
 
     The  natural soda ash businesses of the  Company and the other producers at
Green River, Wyoming are dependent upon their ability to mine trona ore pursuant
to federal, state and  private mineral leases at  Green River. Applications  for
renewal  of federal government leases by the Company and all other lease holders
are currently being held pending  a review by the  Bureau of Land Management  of
the  U.S. Department of the  Interior (the 'BLM') of  the royalty rate for trona
extracted under  federal leases  and  certain other  provisions of  the  leases.
Pursuant  to its current leases,  the Company has a  preferential right to renew
such leases for successive ten-year  periods on reasonable terms and  conditions
prescribed  by the Secretary of  the Interior. The Company  has been notified by
the BLM that it will  increase the federal royalty rate  on mining trona from  5
percent to 6 percent of soda ash sales on renewed leases and from 5 percent to 8
percent  of soda ash sales  on new leases. These  increases will apply to leases
for renewal by  all Green River  producers. Furthermore, the  BLM has  indicated
that  it will renew leases  currently held in the next  two to three months. The
BLM action will likely result in a comparable royalty rate increase on state and
private leases throughout  the industry.  Management does not  believe that  the
renewal terms and conditions proposed by the Secretary of the Interior will have
a material effect on the Company.
 
LABOR RELATIONS
 
     As  of  December 31,  1995, of  the Company's  2,294 employees,  1,268 were
represented by ten different unions through 25 separate contracts. As a  result,
the   Company  may  be  subject  to  work  stoppages,  strikes  or  other  labor
disruptions. Since the beginning of 1986,  the Company has renegotiated a  total
of  91 contracts. Five of these negotiations have resulted in labor disruptions.
During each  of these  labor disruptions,  Company management  has operated  the
plants  and supplied customers  without interruption until  the labor disruption
was settled  and a  new  contract agreed  upon.  During 1996,  eight  contracts,
including  the contracts covering  employees at the  Green River and Amherstburg
facilities, will be up for renewal. See 'Business -- Employees/Labor Relations.'
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market after the
Offerings could  adversely affect  the  market price  of  the Common  Stock.  In
addition  to  the 7,500,000  Shares to  be  sold in  the Offerings  (assuming no
exercise of the Over-Allotment Option), 14,736,842 shares of the Class B  Common
Stock  owned by the  Current Stockholders of  the Company can  be converted into
Common Stock which will be eligible for sale in the public market following  the
date of this Prospectus. However, the holders of these shares have agreed not to
publicly  offer, sell or otherwise dispose of  such shares of Common Stock owned
by them for 180  days from the  date of this Prospectus  without the consent  of
Salomon   Brothers  Inc.  See  'Underwriting.'  After  the  expiration  of  such
agreement, pursuant to Rule 144 under  the 1933 Act, such stockholders may  sell
such shares without registration, subject to certain limitations. If the Current
Stockholders  should sell or otherwise dispose of a substantial amount of Common
Stock in the  public market, the  prevailing market price  for the Common  Stock
could  be  adversely  affected.  See 'Principal  and  Selling  Stockholders' and
'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.'
 
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC TRADING MARKET; OFFERING PRICE; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK
PRICE
 
     Prior to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can  be no assurance  that an active  market will develop upon
consummation of the Offerings.  Consequently, the offering  price of the  Common
Stock  will  be  determined  by  negotiations  among  the  Company,  the Selling
Stockholder and the Underwriters.  See 'Underwriting' for  a description of  the
factors  to be considered in determining  the initial public offering price. The
trading price of the Common Stock
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
after the Offerings could be subject to significant fluctuations in response  to
variations  in  quarterly operating  results, the  gain  or loss  of significant
contracts, changes in management or new  products or services by the Company  or
its  competitors, general trends in the industry and other events or factors. In
addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations
which have affected the  market price for many  companies in similar  industries
and  which  have often  been  unrelated to  the  operating performance  of these
companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price
of the Company's Common Stock.
 
EFFECT OF CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
     Certain provisions  of  the  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and
By-laws  could delay or  frustrate the removal of  incumbent directors and could
make more  difficult a  merger, tender  offer or  proxy contest,  involving  the
Company,  even if  such events would  be beneficial,  in the short  term, to the
interests of the  stockholders. The Company's  certificate of incorporation  and
By-laws  provide for, among other things, two classes of Common Stock, exclusive
authority of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a majority
of directors, unless otherwise required by law, to call special meetings of  the
stockholders, and certain advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals,
including  nominations for election to the  Board of Directors. In addition, the
Company's Board of Directors has the authority to issue up to 10,000,000  shares
of  Preferred  Stock  in  one or  more  series  and to  fix  the  voting powers,
designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights  and  qualifications,   limitations  or   restrictions  thereof   without
stockholder approval. See 'Description of Capital Stock -- Certain Provisions of
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws.'
 
OPERATING HAZARDS
 
     The  Company's revenues  are dependent  on the  continued operation  of its
various manufacturing facilities. The operation of chemical manufacturing plants
involves many risks, including the breakdown, failure or substandard performance
of equipment,  natural disasters  and  the need  to  comply with  directives  of
government  agencies. The occurrence of material operational problems, including
but not limited to the above events,  may have a material adverse effect on  the
productivity  and profitability of a  particular manufacturing facility, or with
respect to certain facilities, the Company as a whole, during the period of such
operational difficulties.
 
     The Company's operations are  also subject to  various hazards incident  to
the production of industrial chemicals, including the use, handling, processing,
storage  and transportation  of certain  hazardous materials.  These hazards can
cause personal injury  and loss  of life, severe  damage to  and destruction  of
property  and  equipment,  environmental damage  and  suspension  of operations.
Claims arising from any future catastrophic occurrence may result in the Company
being named as a defendant in  lawsuits asserting potentially large claims.  See
'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
 
GENERAL LITIGATION EXPENSE
 
     In  addition  to the  matters discussed  above,  because the  production of
certain  chemicals  involves   the  use,  handling,   processing,  storage   and
transportation  of  hazardous materials,  and because  certain of  the Company's
products constitute or contain hazardous materials, the Company has been subject
to claims of  injury from direct  exposure to such  materials and from  indirect
exposure  when such materials  are incorporated into  other companies' products.
There can be no assurance that as  a result of past or future operations,  there
will  not be additional claims  of injury by employees  or members of the public
due to  exposure,  or alleged  exposure,  to such  materials.  Furthermore,  the
Company also has exposure to present and future claims with respect to workplace
exposure,  workers'  compensation and  other matters,  arising from  events both
prior to and  after the Offering.  There can be  no assurance as  to the  actual
amount  of  these liabilities  or  the timing  thereof.  See 'Business  -- Legal
Proceedings.'
 
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
 

     Purchasers of the Common Stock in the Offerings will incur an immediate and
substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of
$24.94 per share. See 'Dilution.'

 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 

     The net  proceeds from  the sale  of the  2,500,000 Shares  offered by  the
Company in the Offerings, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
and  offering  expenses  payable by  the  Company, will  be  approximately $40.6
million. The  Company expects  to use  the net  proceeds (i)  to repay  in  full
outstanding  borrowings under General Chemical's U.S. Revolving Credit Facility;
(ii) to repay in  full the balance of  indebtedness owed by Toledo  Technologies
and  PDI  under  separate credit  facilities;  and (iii)  for  general corporate
purposes. Loans outstanding under the  U.S. Revolving Credit Facility mature  on
March  31, 1999 and bear interest at a  fluctuating rate based on the prime rate
or LIBOR, at  the Company's option  (6.2 percent  as of March  31, 1996).  Loans
outstanding  under  the credit  facilities of  Toledo  Technologies and  PDI are
subject to semi-annual repayments which  commenced December 31, 1994  continuing
through  December 31, 1998 and  bear interest at fluctuating  rates based on the
prime rate or LIBOR, at the Company's option (as of March 31, 1996, 7.7  percent
under  the Toledo  Technologies credit  facility and  7.7 percent  under the PDI
credit facility). See  'Capitalization' and 'Description  of Indebtedness.'  The
Company  will not receive  any proceeds from  the sale of  Shares by the Selling
Stockholder. In addition, in March 1996  a stockholder of the Company prepaid  a
$2  million promissory note to the Company,  and a former stockholder has agreed
to prepay $12 million of indebtedness owed to the Company upon completion of the
Offerings. The proceeds of such prepayments  will be used for general  corporate
purposes. See 'Certain Relationships and Transactions.'

 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 

     The  Company  currently intends  to pay  a quarterly  cash dividend  to its
holders of Common Stock and Class B  Common Stock. The first cash dividend,  for
the  period commencing on  the closing of  the Offerings and  ending on June 30,
1996, is expected to be declared on or about June 12, 1996 and is expected to be
equivalent to a  quarterly cash  dividend of  $.05 per  share pro  rated by  the
number  of days in such  period (or an annual cash  dividend of $.20 per share).
However, no dividends will be payable unless  they are declared by the Board  of
Directors  and funds are legally  available for payment of  such dividends. As a
holding company with no direct operations  of its own, the Company's ability  to
pay  cash dividends on the Common Stock and  Class B Common Stock depends on the
ability of its operating subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to the Company.  The
payment  of  cash dividends  by  the Company's  subsidiaries  to the  Company is
subject to certain restrictions under the terms of various agreements  governing
the  long-term debt of  the Company's subsidiaries.  Consequently, the Company's
subsidiaries' ability to pay  cash dividends to the  Company may effectively  be
limited  by such agreements. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, the  Company paid  aggregate cash  dividends of  $13.8 million  and  $19.7
million,  respectively. See  'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and  Results of  Operations --  Liquidity and  Capital Resources'  and
'Description of Indebtedness.'

 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 

     The  net tangible book value (deficit) of  the Company's Common Stock as of
March 31, 1996 was  $(206.1) million or $(10.44)  per share. 'Net tangible  book
value  (deficit)' per share  represents the amount of  total tangible net assets
less total  liabilities,  divided  by  the number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock
offered  by the Company  hereby, and after  deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses  payable by the Company and  receipt
of  the net proceeds by the Company in the Offerings, the pro forma net tangible
book value  (deficit) of  the  Company as  of March  31,  1996 would  have  been
$(165.5)  million, or $(7.44)  per share, representing  an immediate increase in
net tangible  book value  of $3.00  per share  to existing  stockholders and  an
immediate dilution of $24.94 per share to new investors purchasing Shares in the
Offerings. The following table illustrates the resulting per share dilution with
respect  to  the  Shares of  Common  Stock to  be  sold  by the  Company  in the
Offerings:

 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Initial public offering price per share.................................              $17.50
                                                                                      ------
     Net tangible book value (deficit) per common share before the
       Offerings........................................................   $(10.44)
     Increase per share attributable to new investors...................      3.00
                                                                           -------
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after the
  Offerings.............................................................               (7.44)
                                                                                      ------
Dilution per share to new investors.....................................              $24.94
                                                                                      ------
                                                                                      ------
</TABLE>

 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 

     The following table sets forth, as of  March 31, 1996, the actual cash  and
capitalization  of the Company, and such cash and capitalization as adjusted for
the sale by  the Company of  2,500,000 of the  Shares in the  Offerings and  the
application of the net proceeds therefrom (see 'Use of Proceeds'), together with
the  application of the prepayment of $12  million of indebtedness from a former
stockholder of the Company (see  'Certain Relationships and Transactions').  The
adjustment  does not include a one-time,  after-tax charge of approximately $6.3
million in the fiscal  quarter in which the  Offerings are completed  reflecting
the  accrual of awards payable  as a result of the  Offerings under the terms of
the Company's Restricted Unit  Plan. See 'Management  -- Restricted Unit  Plan.'
This  table  should  be  read in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated Financial
Statements of  the Company  and the  notes thereto  included elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                              ------------------------
                                                                                               AS
                                                                               ACTUAL       ADJUSTED
                                                                              --------     -----------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                                           <C>          <C>
Cash.......................................................................   $ 21,623      $  33,798
                                                                              --------     -----------
                                                                              --------     -----------
Total debt:
     U.S. Revolving Credit Facility........................................   $ 26,000      $  --
     Other U.S. bank debt (1)..............................................     14,425         --
     Bank Term Loan........................................................     95,652         95,652
     GC Canada Revolving Credit Facility...................................      --            --
     GC Canada 9.09% Senior Notes Due 1999.................................     52,000         52,000
     9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2003.............................    100,000        100,000
                                                                              --------     -----------
          Total long-term debt.............................................    288,077        247,652
                                                                              --------     -----------
Minority interest (2)......................................................     33,634         33,634
                                                                              --------     -----------
Equity (deficit):
     Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; authorized: 10,000,000 shares; none
       issued or outstanding...............................................      --            --
     Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized: 50,000,000 shares;
       100,000,000 as adjusted; issued and outstanding: 19,736,842 shares;
       7,500,000 shares as adjusted (3)....................................        197             75
     Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized: none; 40,000,000
       shares as adjusted; issued and outstanding: none; 14,736,842 shares
       as adjusted.........................................................      --               147
     Capital deficit.......................................................   (237,140)      (196,565)
     Foreign currency translation adjustments..............................     (1,401)        (1,401)
     Retained earnings.....................................................     32,285         32,285
                                                                              --------     -----------
          Total equity (deficit)...........................................   (206,059)      (165,459)
                                                                              --------     -----------
               Total capitalization........................................   $115,652      $ 115,827
                                                                              --------     -----------
                                                                              --------     -----------
</TABLE>

 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Consists of indebtedness of Toledo Technologies and PDI. See 'Description of
    Indebtedness.'
 
(2) Represents 49 percent minority interest in GCSAP.
 
(3) Excludes  2,200,000 shares of  Common Stock reserved  for issuance under the
    Company's 1996 Stock Plan and  approximately 850,000 shares of Common  Stock
    issuable by the Company upon completion of the Offerings under the Company's
    Restricted  Unit Plan  primarily in satisfaction  of the  existing rights of
    employees under the  Prior Equity  Programs. See  'Management --  Restricted
    Unit Plan' and ' -- 1996 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.'
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company have been
derived  from and should be read  in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements. The  Company's Consolidated Financial  Statements for  the
three  years ended December 31, 1995 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
the  Company's  independent  auditors,  and  are  included  elsewhere  in   this
Prospectus.  The selected  financial data for  the three months  ended March 31,
1995 and 1996  have been  derived from  unaudited financial  statements. In  the
opinion   of  management,   the  unaudited  financial   statements  reflect  all
adjustments, consisting  only  of  normal recurring  adjustments,  necessary  to
present  fairly the financial position of the Company at March 31, 1995 and 1996
and the results  of operations and  its cash  flows for the  three months  ended
March  31, 1995 and 1996.  The results of operations  for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations  that
may be expected for the entire year 1996.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1991         1992           1993         1994         1995
                                  ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                               <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net revenues....................  $ 561,762    $ 544,704      $ 518,718    $ 525,912    $ 550,871
Cost of sales...................    407,146      378,205        363,268      361,637      387,255
Gross profit....................    154,616      166,499        155,450      164,275      163,616
Selling, general and
  administrative expense........     53,539       57,927         58,330       57,034       56,619
Richmond incident costs.........     --           --             --            9,000       --
Operating profit................    101,077      108,572         97,120       98,241      106,997
Minority interest...............     24,504       24,314         17,733       16,957       19,458
Interest income.................      4,930        4,131          3,019        2,487        2,937
Foreign currency transaction
  (gains) losses................       (246)       3,585          1,719        4,004       (1,382)
Other (income) expense..........      1,792          504           (651)          63          735
Income from continuing
  operations before interest,
  income taxes, extraordinary
  item and cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............     79,957       84,300         81,338       79,704       91,123
Interest expense................     48,891       42,047         37,917       33,006       26,704
Income from continuing
  operations before income
  taxes, extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............     31,066       42,253         43,421       46,698       64,419
Income tax provisions...........     10,394       18,442         16,185       18,393       43,326(1)
Income from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............     20,672       23,811         27,236       28,305       21,093(1)
Income before extraordinary item
  and cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............     26,714       23,811         27,236       28,305       21,093(1)
Net income (loss) (2)...........  $  26,714    $ (17,617)(3)  $  25,151    $  20,102    $  21,093(1)
                                  ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------
                                  ---------    ---------      ---------    ---------    ---------
PER SHARE (4):
Income from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............  $    1.05    $    1.21      $    1.38    $    1.43    $    1.07(1)
Net income (loss)...............       1.35         (.89)(3)       1.27         1.02         1.07(1)
Dividends.......................     --             2.84            .49          .70         1.00
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding............ 19,736,842   19,736,842     19,736,842   19,736,842   19,736,842
OTHER DATA:
Capital expenditures............  $  20,607    $  18,141      $  20,221    $  28,503    $  34,093
Depreciation and amortization
  (5)...........................     28,963       27,916         25,826       25,062       27,095
EBITDA (6)......................    103,990      108,085        104,145      102,279      115,281
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
  PERIOD):
Cash, cash equivalents and
  short-term investments........  $  73,348    $  56,199      $  43,818    $  28,701    $  19,025
Adjusted working capital (7)....     38,377       10,675         (6,252)       4,471       12,484
Total assets....................    505,051      446,861        425,944      433,627      431,325
Long-term debt (8)..............    393,006      366,322        306,200      304,750      291,495
Total equity (deficit)..........   (163,263)    (237,968)      (223,051)    (216,831)    (215,336)
 


<PAGE>



<CAPTION>
 
                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31,
                                              ----------------------
 
                                                 1995         1996
                                              ---------    ---------
 
<S>                                              <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net revenues....................             $ 128,661    $ 144,571
Cost of sales...................                92,850      103,060
Gross profit....................                35,811       41,511
Selling, general and
  administrative expense........                13,340       13,981
Richmond incident costs.........                   --           --
Operating profit................                22,471       27,530
Minority interest...............                 4,139        6,458
Interest income.................                   811          608
Foreign currency transaction
  (gains) losses................                  (142)         (51)
Other (income) expense..........                    61          (86)
Income from continuing
  operations before interest,
  income taxes, extraordinary
  item and cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............                19,224       21,817
Interest expense................                 6,802        6,464
Income from continuing
  operations before income
  taxes, extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............                12,422       15,353
Income tax provisions...........                 4,532        6,037
Income from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............                 7,890        9,316
Income before extraordinary item
  and cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............                 7,890        9,316
Net income (loss) (2)...........             $   7,890    $   9,316
                                             ---------    ---------
                                             ---------    ---------
PER SHARE (4):
Income from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of
  accounting change.............           $       .40  $       .47
Net income (loss)...............                   .40          .47
Dividends.......................                   .14       --
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding............            19,736,842   19,736,842
 
OTHER DATA:
Capital expenditures............           $     7,162  $     8,622
Depreciation and amortization
  (5)...........................                 6,919        7,242
EBITDA (6)......................                25,332       28,451
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
  PERIOD):
Cash, cash equivalents and
  short-term investments........           $    29,324  $    21,623
Adjusted working capital (7)....                 4,363       22,148
Total assets....................               426,885      445,331
Long-term debt (8)..............               296,745      288,077
Total equity (deficit)..........              (211,650)    (206,059)
</TABLE> 

<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
 
(1) The  Company recorded a  nonrecurring charge to income  tax expense of $17.1
    million ($.87  per  share)  for all  years  prior  to 1995  related  to  IRS
    examinations. See Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) During  1993 and 1994  the Company recorded  extraordinary losses related to
    the early retirement of certain outstanding indebtedness of $2.1 million and
    $8.2 million, respectively.
 
(3) The Company implemented Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106,
    Employers' Accounting for  Postretirement Benefits Other  than Pensions,  on
    the immediate recognition basis effective January 1, 1992, which resulted in
    an after tax charge of $41.4 million.
 
(4) Adjusted for all periods presented to reflect a 202,994.4539 per share stock
    dividend effected as of October 17, 1994.
 
(5) Consolidated   depreciation  and  amortization   excluding  amortization  of
    deferred financing costs.
 
(6) EBITDA is defined as income  from continuing operations before net  interest
    (including   amortization  of  deferred   financing  costs),  income  taxes,
    extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change,  depreciation
    and  amortization,  but after  pre-tax minority  interest  in income  and is
    presented because  it  is  a  widely accepted  financial  indicator  of  the
    Company's  ability to service  and/or incur debt. EBITDA  is not required by
    generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as  an
    alternative  to net income,  consolidated cash flows  from operations or any
    other measure  of  performance  required by  generally  accepted  accounting
    principles or as an indicator of the Company's operating performance.
 
(7) Adjusted  working capital consists  of total current  assets (excluding cash
    and short-term investments)  less total current  liabilities (excluding  the
    current portion of long-term debt).
 
(8) Includes the current portion of long-term debt.
 
                                       18



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This   discussion  should  be  read   in  conjunction  with  the  Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements  and the notes  thereto included elsewhere  in
this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
     During  1995, net revenues increased $25.0 million, or 5 percent, to $550.9
million,  reflecting  higher  sales  in  both  the  Chemical  and  Manufacturing
Segments.  Within  the Chemical  Segment, increased  sales were  attributable to
higher soda ash pricing and moderately  higher volumes while the stronger  sales
performance  in  the Manufacturing  Segment was  due to  volume and  product mix
improvements in  higher  value  automotive  engine  parts.  Excluding  the  1994
one-time  charge of $9.0  million related to  the July 26,  1993 incident at the
Company's  Richmond,  California,   manufacturing  facility,  operating   profit
remained  essentially unchanged at $107.0 million as higher sales were offset by
an unfavorable product mix,  essentially due to  lower calcium chloride  volumes
caused  by the mild  winter weather in 1995,  and higher manufacturing expenses.
Excluding the 1994 one-time charge,  earnings before interest, income taxes  and
extraordinary  item improved $2.4 million due to foreign exchange gains versus a
loss in the prior year, partially offset by higher minority interest.
 
  Chemical Segment
 
     Within the Chemical  Segment, a  more robust  soda ash  market during  1995
favorably  affected the Company's performance. During  1995, due to increases in
demand, total U.S. production of soda ash  increased 7 percent to a record  11.0
million  tons resulting in all U.S. producers being effectively sold out through
most of the  year. The  strength in  the soda ash  market was  led by  continued
growth  in exports, especially in Asia and Latin America, and secondarily due to
improved domestic consumption. For the first  time in four years, industry  soda
ash  pricing increased  with average  1995 industry  prices up  5 percent  to an
estimated $74 per ton level. Given the current favorable market conditions, 1996
industry soda  ash  prices, which  were  predominantly set  in  annual  contract
negotiations  in  late  1995, are  expected  to be  in  excess of  $80  per ton.
Management anticipates the 1996 volumes in the U.S. soda ash market will meet or
exceed the  prior year  level, despite  first quarter  inventory adjustments  by
customers  reflecting some late 1995 prebuying before the price increase as well
as the impact of harsh winter conditions early in 1996.
 
     Sales resulting from the  improved soda ash market  in 1995 were  partially
offset  by substantially  lower calcium  chloride sales  due to  the mild winter
conditions that prevailed, in contrast to  the prior year when the harsh  winter
in the northeast United States led to strong winter calcium chloride sales.
 
     The  derivative  products and  services product  lines comprised  more than
one-half of the Chemical Segment's  operating income (net of minority  interest)
during  1995.  Margins declined  somewhat in  1995 as  moderate growth  in sales
volume in most  markets, particularly  the refinery and  chemical sulfuric  acid
regeneration market, was more than offset by lower prices in the water treatment
and pulp and paper markets, as well as by higher manufacturing expenses.
 
  Manufacturing Segment
 
     Net  revenues in  the manufacturing segment  increased $8.5  million, or 14
percent, to $70.0 million, primarily due to volume and product mix  improvements
toward  higher value automotive  engine parts and new  business at the Company's
wholly-owned subsidiary, Toledo Technologies,  Inc. ('Toledo Technologies').  To
accommodate  this new  business and change  of product  mix, Toledo Technologies
constructed a second manufacturing facility  that became operational during  the
middle  of  1995.  In  spite  of the  higher  sales,  operating  profit  for the
Manufacturing Segment was  down slightly  due to the  start-up costs  associated
with the new facility and higher expenses at the Company's Balcrank subsidiary.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The  following table sets  forth certain income statement  data for each of
the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995 and for the three  months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (dollars in millions).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                              ENDED MARCH
                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          31,
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------      -------------
                                                      1993               1994                1995                1995
                                                  -------------      -------------      ---------------      -------------
 
<S>                                               <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>
Net revenues...................................   $518.7    100%     $525.9    100%     $550.9      100%     $128.7    100%
Cost of sales..................................    363.3     70       361.6     69       387.3       70        92.9     72
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
Gross profit...................................    155.4     30       164.3     31       163.6       30        35.8     28
Selling, general and administrative expense....     58.3     11        57.0     11        56.6       10        13.3     10
Richmond incident costs........................     --      --          9.0      2        --        --         --      --
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
Operating profit...............................     97.1     19        98.3     19       107.0       19        22.5     18
Interest expense...............................     37.9      7        33.0      6        26.7        5         6.8      5
Interest income................................      3.0      1         2.5    --          2.9        1          .8    --
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses....      1.7    --          4.0      1        (1.4)     --          (.1)   --
Other expense (income), net....................      (.6)   --           .1    --           .7      --           .1    --
Minority interest..............................     17.7      4        17.0      3        19.5        4         4.1      3
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
Income before income taxes and extraordinary
  item.........................................     43.4      8        46.7      9        64.4       12        12.4     10
Income tax provision...........................     16.2      3        18.4      4        43.3(1)     8         4.5      4
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
Income before extraordinary item...............     27.2      5        28.3      5        21.1        4         7.9      6
Extraordinary item -- loss from extinguishment
  of debt (net of tax).........................      2.1    --          8.2      1        --        --         --      --
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
Net income.....................................   $ 25.1      5%     $ 20.1      4%     $ 21.1        4%     $  7.9      6%
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
                                                  ------    ---      ------    ---      ------      ---      ------    ---
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                     1996
                                                 -------------
<S>                                               <C>      <C>
Net revenues...................................  $144.6    100%
Cost of sales..................................   103.1     71
                                                 ------    ---
Gross profit...................................    41.5     29
Selling, general and administrative expense....    14.0     10
Richmond incident costs........................    --      --
                                                 ------    ---
Operating profit...............................    27.5     19
Interest expense...............................     6.5      4
Interest income................................      .6    --
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses....     (.1)   --
Other expense (income), net....................     (.1)   --
Minority interest..............................     6.5      4
                                                 ------    ---
Income before income taxes and extraordinary
  item.........................................    15.3     11
Income tax provision...........................     6.0      4
                                                 ------    ---
Income before extraordinary item...............     9.3      6
Extraordinary item -- loss from extinguishment
  of debt (net of tax).........................    --      --
                                                 ------    ---
Net income.....................................  $  9.3      6%
                                                 ------    ---
                                                 ------    ---
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
Note: Percentages may not add due to rounding.
 
(1) Includes  a nonrecurring charge  to income tax expense  of $17.1 million for
    all years prior to 1995 related to IRS examinations. See Note 2 of Notes  to
    the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 Compared with Three Months Ended March 31,
  1995
 
     Net  revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1996 were $144.6 million
or 12 percent higher than the prior year  level due to higher soda ash sales  in
the   Chemical  Segment   reflecting  favorable   pricing  as   well  as  higher
Manufacturing  Segment   sales  reflecting   higher  volume   and  product   mix
improvements.
 
     Cost  of sales as a percentage of net revenues was 71 percent for the first
three months of 1996 versus 72 percent for the prior year level due to favorable
soda ash pricing, partially offset by higher manufacturing expenses.
 
     Selling, general and administrative expense was 10 percent of net  revenues
for the first three months of 1996, which was comparable with the 1995 level.
 
     Interest  expense for the first three months of 1996 was $6.5 million which
approximated the 1995 level.
 
     Interest income  for the  first three  months of  1996 was  $.6 million  as
compared with $.8 million for the same period of 1995.
 
     The  foreign  currency  transaction gain  for  1996 was  $.1  million which
approximated the 1995 amount.
 
     Minority interest for the  first three months of  1996 was $6.5 million  as
compared  with $4.1  million for  the same  period last  year, reflecting higher
earnings of GCSAP due to favorable pricing.
 
     Net income for the first three months of 1996 was $9.3 million as  compared
with $7.9 million for the same period in 1995, for the foregoing reasons.
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
  1995 Compared with 1994
 
     Net  revenues were $550.9 million for  1995 as compared with $525.9 million
for 1994. This increase in net revenues of 5 percent was primarily the result of
higher soda ash sales in the  Chemical Segment reflecting favorable pricing  and
higher  volumes as well as  higher Manufacturing Segment sales  as the result of
volume and product mix improvements toward higher priced automotive engine parts
reflecting market share gains at  the big three automotive manufacturers.  Lower
calcium chloride volumes partially offset these increases.
 
     Cost  of sales as a  percentage of net revenues was  70 percent for 1995 as
compared with 69 percent for 1994. Higher manufacturing expenses and a change in
sales mix, partially  offset by  favorable soda  ash pricing,  account for  this
increase.
 
     Selling,  general and administrative expense was 10 percent of net revenues
in 1995  versus 11  percent in  1994 due  to the  higher sales  level and  lower
spending.
 
     The  $6.3 million  decrease in interest  expense for 1995  as compared with
1994 was primarily  due to  the early  retirement of  General Chemical's  Senior
Secured 14% Second Priority Notes in November 1994.
 
     Interest income for 1995 was $2.9 million as compared with $2.5 million for
1994.  The increase was primarily due to a full year of interest income on notes
receivable in 1995 versus eight months for 1994.
 
     The foreign currency transaction gain for 1995 was $1.4 million as compared
with a $4.0 million loss in 1994, principally due to the impact of exchange rate
fluctuations on a $52  million U.S. denominated loan  of the Company's  Canadian
subsidiary.  The impact of these foreign  currency transaction (gains) losses on
this loan is noncash.
 
     Other expense  for 1995  included  losses on  disposal  of assets  of  $1.0
million.  Other expense  for 1994  included a  pension curtailment  gain of $1.2
million, partially offset by losses on disposal of assets of $1.0 million.
 
     Minority interest for 1995  was $19.5 million  compared with $17.0  million
for 1994, reflecting higher earnings of GCSAP.
 
     Net income for 1995 was $21.1 million versus $20.1 million for 1994, due to
the  foregoing, a  nonrecurring charge  to income tax  expense in  1995 of $17.1
million (see Note 2  of Notes to the  Consolidated Financial Statements) and  an
extraordinary  item of $8.2 million in  1994 related to the early extinguishment
of debt.
 
     The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of  Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of ('FAS 121'). The Company is required
to  adopt FAS 121 in 1996. This statement will require the Company to review and
adjust the  carrying amount  of long-lived  assets and  certain intangibles  for
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company does not  expect
that  the  adoption of  FAS 121  will have  a material  effect on  the Company's
results of operations or financial condition.
 
  1994 Compared with 1993
 
     Net revenues for 1994  of $525.9 million were  $7.2 million or one  percent
higher  than the prior year as a  result of increased sales of automotive engine
parts in  the  Manufacturing  Segment. Chemical  Segment  sales  increased  $1.0
million  due  to increased  sales volume  particularly  in calcium  chloride and
sulfuric  acid  regeneration  services,  partially  offset  by  the  impact   of
unfavorable pricing for soda ash.
 
     Cost  of sales  as a percentage  of net  revenues was 69  percent versus 70
percent for 1993. The Company's cost reduction and deferral program enabled  the
Company to improve its gross margin percentage.
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Selling,  general and administrative expense was 11 percent of net revenues
in 1994 which  was comparable with  the 1993 level.  Total selling, general  and
administrative expense decreased by $1.3 million.
 
     Interest  expense decreased by  $4.9 million in  1994 versus 1993 primarily
due to open market purchases and  early retirement of General Chemical's  Senior
Secured 14% Second Priority Notes.
 
     The  $0.5 million  decrease in  interest income  was due  to lower interest
rates and lower cash balances.
 
     The foreign currency transaction loss for 1994 was $4.0 million as compared
with a $1.7 million loss in 1993, principally due to the impact of exchange rate
fluctuations on a $52  million U.S. denominated loan  of the Company's  Canadian
subsidiary. The impact of these foreign currency transaction losses on this loan
is noncash.
 
     Other  expense was $0.1 million in 1994 as compared to other income of $0.6
million for 1993. Other expense for 1994 included a pension curtailment gain  of
$1.2  million, partially offset by losses on disposal of assets of $1.0 million.
Other income for 1993 included gains on asset disposals of $1.0 million.
 
     Minority interest for 1994  was $17.0 million  compared with $17.7  million
for the prior year, reflecting lower earnings of GCSAP.
 
     Net  income for 1994 was  $20.1 million versus $25.2  million for the prior
year due to the foregoing and  a $6.1 million higher extraordinary item  related
to the early extinguishment of long-term debt.
 
SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following  table,  which  has  not been  audited  or  reviewed  by the
Company's independent  public  accountants,  sets forth  the  summary  unaudited
quarterly  financial information  of the  Company for  each quarter  in 1994 and
1995. In the opinion  of management, such information  has been prepared on  the
same  basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere
in  this  Prospectus  and  reflects   all  adjustments  necessary  for  a   fair
presentation  of such unaudited quarterly  results. The quarterly results should
be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company included elsewhere  in this  Prospectus. Results of  operations for  any
particular quarter are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for a
full year.
 
     The Company has historically experienced a certain amount of seasonality in
sales  of its products with  the result that the  net sales and operating income
have been generally higher  in the second fiscal  quarter relative to the  three
remaining  quarters.  The historically  stronger  second quarter  performance is
generally attributable to sales of calcium chloride for dust control and roadbed
stabilization and  sales  of  soda  ash  to  the  glass  industry  for  beverage
containers  in preparation  for the summer  season when  demand is traditionally
higher.  Notwithstanding  the  historic  seasonality,  due  to  the  anticipated
strength  of the U.S. soda ash market throughout the remainder of 1996, combined
with the  GCSAP capital  program  to boost  onstream availability,  the  Company
expects  greater  comparability  with  respect  to  soda  ash  volumes  over the
remaining three quarters of 1996.
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1994                                     1995
                     --------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                        Q1        Q2        Q3        Q4         Q1        Q2        Q3        Q4
                     --------  --------  --------  --------   --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenues........ $125,445  $136,911  $129,433  $134,123   $128,661  $143,062  $142,457  $136,691
Operating profit....   23,522    33,232    13,707(1)   27,780   22,471    31,100    30,741    22,685
Minority Interest...    3,278     4,748     4,150     4,781      4,139     5,064     5,725     4,530
EBIT(2).............   19,116    27,882    10,683    19,536     18,413    26,727    25,960    17,086
Net income (loss)...    3,688    11,486     1,417     3,511      7,890    12,764    12,626   (12,187)(3)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) During the third quarter of 1994 the Company recorded a $9.0 million  charge
    to earnings related to the July 26, 1993 Richmond, California, incident. See
    'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
 
(2) EBIT  is defined  as income from  continuing operations  before net interest
    (including  amortization  of  deferred   financing  costs),  income   taxes,
    extraordinary  item and  cumulative effect  of accounting  change, but after
    pretax minority interest in income, and is presented because it is a  widely
    accepted  financial indicator of  the Company's ability  to service/or incur
    debt. EBlT is not required  by generally accepted accounting principles  and
    should  not be considered as an alternative to net income, consolidated cash
    flow from  operations  or  any  other measure  of  performance  required  by
    generally accepted accounting principles or as an indicator of the Company's
    operating performance.
 
(3) The  Company recorded a  nonrecurring charge to income  tax expense of $17.1
    million for all years prior to 1995 related to IRS examinations. See Note  2
    of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 

     In  the fiscal  quarter in which  the Offerings are  completed, the Company
will record a one-time pre-tax charge  of $10.4 million ($6.3 million  after-tax
or  $.27 per share) in  connection with the awards  payable under the Restricted
Unit Plan,  reflecting  the portion  earned  under the  Prior  Equity  Programs.
Additional  compensation expense will  be recorded over  the remaining five-year
vesting period of  the Restricted Unit  Plan, including an  after-tax charge  of
$0.2  million ($0.4 million pre-tax) in each of the third and fourth quarters of
1996. See 'Management -- Restricted Unit Plan.'

 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Cash and cash equivalents were $21.6 million at March 31, 1996 as  compared
with  $19.0 million at December 31, 1995. During the first three months of 1996,
the Company generated cash flow from operating activities of $12.7 million, made
capital expenditures of $8.6 million and made net repayments of $3.4 million  of
long-term debt.
 
     The  Company had  working capital  of $23.9  million at  March 31,  1996 as
compared with $9.6 million at December 31, 1995. The increase in working capital
reflects higher  accounts  receivable and  cash  balances, partially  offset  by
higher  income  taxes  payable. These  changes  arose  in the  normal  course of
business. During the second  quarter of 1996, the  Company borrowed $10  million
under  the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility to fund its share of the payments made
in connection  with the  settlement  of the  civil  litigation relating  to  the
Richmond, California, July 26, 1993 incident, as discussed below.
 
     On  August  4, 1994,  General Chemical  amended  its U.S.  Revolving Credit
Facility to increase availability  thereunder from $80  million to $130  million
and extended the maturity to March 31, 1999.
 
     GC  Canada  has  a  revolving credit  facility  of  $15  million (Canadian)
(approximately $11 million U.S.) which expires  on June 22, 1997 and is  subject
to  one-year extensions at  GC Canada's request and  at the lender's discretion.
This revolving credit facility is secured by the receivables and inventory of GC
Canada and bears  interest at a  rate equal to  a spread over  a reference  rate
chosen by GC Canada from various options.
 
     While   certain  of   the  Company's  subsidiaries'   debt  facilities  are
outstanding, the Company's subsidiaries must  meet specific financial tests,  on
an  ongoing basis, which are customary for  these types of facilities. Except as
provided by applicable corporate law, there are no restrictions on the Company's
ability to pay dividends  from retained earnings. However,  the payment of  cash
dividends  by the  Company's subsidiaries to  the Company is  subject to certain
restrictions under  the  terms  of various  agreements  covering  the  Company's
subsidiaries'  long-term  debt. Toledo  Technologies, PDI  and Balcrank  are not
permitted under  each  subsidiary's  respective  debt  agreements  to  pay  cash
dividends.  Assuming certain  financial covenants  are met,  General Chemical is
permitted to pay cash
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
dividends of up to 50 percent of the net income (subject to certain adjustments)
of General  Chemical  for the  applicable  period. Consequently,  the  Company's
ability to pay cash dividends on Common Stock may effectively be limited by such
agreements.
 
     The  Company anticipates that  the capital spending level  for 1996 will be
approximately $20 million  higher than  prior year levels  due predominantly  to
special   projects  such  as  the  Green   River  reliability  upgrade  and  the
construction of a  new ultra-high purity  sulfuric acid plant  at the  Richmond,
California, manufacturing facility.
 
     Management  believes that  the Company's  cash flow  will be  sufficient to
cover its future  interest expense,  capital expenditures,  debt maturities  and
working capital requirements.
 
     With  respect to the July 26,  1993 Richmond, California, incident, on that
date a pressure relief device on a  railroad tank car containing oleum that  was
being  unloaded at the Company's Richmond, California, facility, ruptured during
the unloading process,  causing the release  of a significant  amount of  sulfur
trioxide. Approximately 150 lawsuits seeking substantial amounts of damages were
filed  against  the  Company on  behalf  of  in excess  of  60,000  claimants in
municipal and  superior courts  of California  (Contra Costa  and San  Francisco
counties)  and in federal  court (United States District  Court for the Northern
District of  California).  All  state  court cases  were  coordinated  before  a
coordination  trial  judge in  Contra  Costa County  Superior  Court (in  Re GCC
Richmond Works Cases, JCCP No. 2906).  The court, among other things,  appointed
plaintiffs'  liaison counsel and a plaintiffs' management committee. The federal
court cases were stayed until completion of the state court cases.
 
     After several months of negotiation  under the supervision of a  settlement
master,   the   Company  and   plaintiffs'   management  committee   executed  a
comprehensive settlement agreement which resolved the claims of approximately 95
percent of the claimants  who filed lawsuits  arising out of  the July 26,  1993
incident,  including the federal court cases.  After a final settlement approval
hearing  on  October  27,  1995,  the  coordination  trial  judge  approved  the
settlement on November 22, 1995.
 
     Pursuant  to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company, with funds
to be provided by its insurers pursuant  to the terms of the insurance  policies
described  below, has  agreed to  make available  a maximum  of $180  million to
implement the settlement.  Various 'funds'  and 'pools' are  established by  the
settlement  agreement to compensate  claimants in different  subclasses who meet
certain requirements.  Of  this  amount,  $24 million  has  been  allocated  for
punitive  damages,  notwithstanding the  Company's  strong belief  that punitive
damages are not warranted. The settlement also makes available a maximum of  $23
million  of this $180 million for the payment of legal fees and litigation costs
to plaintiffs' class counsel and the plaintiffs' management committee.
 
     The settlement agreement provides, among other things, that while claimants
may 'opt out' of the compensatory  damages portion of the settlement and  pursue
their  own cases  separate and apart  from the class  settlement mechanism, they
have no right  to opt out  of the  punitive damages portion  of the  settlement.
Consequently,  under the  terms of  the settlement,  no party  may seek punitive
damages from  the Company  outside  of those  provided  by the  settlement.  The
deadline  for claimants electing to opt  out of the compensatory damages portion
of the settlement  was October 5,  1995, and fewer  than 3,000 claimants,  which
constitutes  approximately  5 percent  of the  total  number of  claimants, have
elected to so opt out. The various settlement pools and funds will be reduced to
create a reserve  to fund the  Company's defense and/or  settlement (if any)  of
opt-out  claims. Except with respect to  compensatory damage claims by claimants
electing to opt out, the settlement  fully releases from all claims arising  out
of  the July  26, 1993  incident the  Company and  all of  its related entities,
shareholders, directors, officers and employees, and all other entities who have
been or  could have  been  sued as  a  result of  the  July 26,  1993  incident,
including all those who have sought or could seek indemnity from the Company.
 
     Under the terms of the settlement agreement, settling claimants may receive
payment  of their claims prior to the resolution of any appeal of the settlement
upon providing,  among  other  things,  a  signed  release  document  containing
language  which fully releases  the Company from any  further claims, either for
compensatory or punitive  damages, arising out  of the July  26, 1993  incident.
Plaintiffs'  liaison counsel are currently undertaking to obtain signed releases
from the approximately
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
95 percent of claimants who have  elected to participate in the settlement,  and
as   of  April  15,  1996  the   Company  had  already  received  releases  from
approximately 85  percent  of the  settling  claimants. Final  payments  to  the
plaintiffs' management committee on behalf of these settling claimants have been
made  with funds provided principally by  the Company's insurers pursuant to the
terms of the  insurance policies described  below and further  payments will  be
made as additional releases are received and reviewed.
 
     Notices  of appeal  of all  or portions of  the settlement  approved by the
court have been filed by five law firms representing approximately 2,750 claims,
with approximately 2,700 of  these claimants represented by  the same law  firm.
These  claimants  have  not  specified  the  amount  of  their  claims  in court
documents, although  the Company  believes that  their alleged  injuries are  no
different  in nature  or extent  than those  alleged by  the settling claimants.
Based on papers filed by the appellants in the California Court of Appeals,  the
primary  grounds for appeal are expected to be that the settlement is not 'fair,
reasonable and adequate'  under California law,  that the trial  court erred  in
certifying  a  class  action for  purposes  of  settlement and  in  certifying a
mandatory  punitive  damage  class,  that  the  trial  court  awarded  excessive
attorneys'  fees to the  plaintiffs' management committee  and plaintiffs' class
counsel, that the trial court exceeded its authority in reducing contingent fees
payable to attorneys for representing  individual claimants, and that the  trial
court  erroneously  applied a  state  statute that  governs  unclaimed residuals
remaining from class action settlements. If the settlement is upheld on  appeal,
the  Company believes that any  further liability in excess  of the amounts made
available under the settlement agreement (such as for opt-outs) will not  exceed
the available insurance coverage, if at all, by an amount that could be material
to its financial condition or results of operations.
 
     The  settlement also includes terms and  conditions designed to protect the
Company in the event that the settlement as approved by the court is  overturned
or  modified on appeal. If such an  overturn or modification occurs, the Company
has the  right  to terminate  the  settlement  and make  no  further  settlement
payments,   and  any  then  unexpended   portions  of  the  settlement  proceeds
(including, without limitation, the $24  million punitive damage fund) would  be
available  to address any expenses and liabilities that might arise from such an
overturn or modification. In addition, as discussed above, in the event that the
settlement as approved  by the court  is overturned or  modified on appeal,  the
release  document  signed by  settling claimants  contains language  which fully
releases the  Company  from  any  further claims,  either  for  compensatory  or
punitive  damages,  arising  out of  the  July  26, 1993  incident.  The Company
believes that it will  have obtained releases from  a majority of the  remaining
settling  claimants prior  to any  such appeal  being ruled  on by  an appellate
court.
 
     While there can  be no assurances  how an appellate  court might rule,  the
Company believes that the settlement will be upheld on appeal. In the event of a
reversal  or modification of the settlement  on appeal, with respect to lawsuits
by any then remaining  claimants (opt-outs and settling  claimants who have  not
signed  releases),  the  Company believes  that,  whether  or not  it  elects to
terminate the settlement in the event it is overturned or modified on appeal, it
will have adequate resources from its available insurance coverage to vigorously
defend these lawsuits  through their  ultimate conclusion, whether  by trial  or
settlement.  However, in the  event the settlement is  overturned or modified on
appeal, there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's  ultimate  liability
resulting  from  the  July 26,  1993  incident  would not  exceed  the available
insurance coverage  by  an amount  which  could  be material  to  its  financial
condition  or results  of operations,  nor is  the Company  able to  estimate or
predict a range of what such ultimate liability might be, if any.
 
     The Company has insurance coverage relating  to the July 26, 1993  incident
which  totals $200 million. The  first two layers of  coverage total $25 million
with a sublimit of $12 million applicable to the July 26, 1993 incident, and the
Company also has excess  insurance policies of $175  million over the first  two
layers. In 1993, the Company reached an agreement with the carrier for the first
two layers whereby the carrier paid the Company $16 million in settlement of all
claims  the Company had against that carrier.  In the third quarter of 1994, the
Company recorded a $9 million charge to earnings which represents the  Company's
estimated  minimum liability (net of  the insurance settlement already received)
for costs which the Company believes it  will incur related to this matter.  The
Company's  excess  insurance policies,  which are  written by  two Bermuda-based
insurers, provide coverage for  compensatory as well  as punitive damages.  Both
insurers have executed agreements
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
with  the Company confirming their respective commitments to fund the settlement
as required by their insurance policies with the Company and as described in the
settlement agreement. In  addition, these  same insurers  currently continue  to
provide   substantially  the  same  insurance   coverage  to  the  Company.  See
'Business -- Legal Proceedings.'
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company has an established program to ensure that its facilities comply
with environmental  laws and  regulations. Expenditures  made pursuant  to  this
program  approximated $11.4 million in 1995 (of which approximately $3.5 million
represented capital  expenditures  and  approximately $7.9  million  related  to
ongoing  operations and the management and remediation of hazardous substances).
Expenditures for 1994  approximated $7.9  million (of  which approximately  $1.6
million  represented capital expenditures and approximately $6.3 million related
to  ongoing  operations  and  the   management  and  remediation  of   hazardous
substances). The Company expects similar expenditures in 1996 to be in the range
of  $12.0  million  to $14.0  million;  however, should  environmental  laws and
regulations affecting the Company's operations become more stringent, or  should
the  Company  discover  any additional  or  unknown  environmental contamination
relating to its operations, the Company's costs for environmental compliance may
increase above such range.
 
     Additionally, the  Comprehensive Environmental  Response, Compensation  and
Liability  Act of  1980, as  amended ('CERCLA'),  and similar  state 'Superfund'
statutes have been construed as imposing joint and several liability on  present
and  former  owners and  operators of  contaminated  sites and  transporters and
generators of hazardous  substances for remediation  of contaminated  properties
regardless   of  fault.  The  Company  has  received  written  notice  from  the
Environmental Protection Agency (the  'EPA') that it  has been identified  under
CERCLA as a potentially responsible party ('PRP') at three Superfund sites. With
respect  to two of these sites, the Company does not believe that its liability,
if any,  arising therefrom  will be  material to  its results  of operations  or
financial  condition. With respect to  the other site, known  as the Avtex site,
which is located  in Front  Royal, Virginia, the  Company has  provided for  the
estimated  costs of certain activities  requested by the EPA  at the site in its
accrual  for   environmental  liabilities.   See  'Business   --   Environmental
Matters  -- Pending  Proceedings.' In  addition, Congress  continues to consider
reauthorization and modification of  the CERCLA statute  and because passage  of
any  such new  law has not  yet occurred,  the Company does  not have sufficient
information to ascertain its impact  on the Company's potential liabilities,  if
any.
 
     In 1990, the EPA released a proposed rule, parts of which were finalized in
1993,  that establishes standards for the  implementation of a corrective action
program under the  Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act ('RCRA').  Corrective
action  programs require  facilities that are  operating under a  permit, or are
seeking a  permit,  to  treat, store  or  dispose  of hazardous  wastes  and  to
investigate  and remediate environmental contamination. During the third quarter
of 1995,  the  Company conducted  a  facility investigation  at  its  Pittsburg,
California,  manufacturing  facility,  pursuant to  RCRA  and the  terms  of its
Hazardous Waste Facility Permit for the  site, and submitted the report of  such
investigation  to the Department  of Toxic Substances  Control of the California
Environmental Protection Agency  ('Cal EPA').  Additional work  relating to  the
study  is currently ongoing. The Company  estimates that the potential costs for
implementing corrective action at such facility  will be less than $2.0  million
payable  over the next several years and has provided for the estimated costs in
its accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
     In 1989,  groundwater  contamination  in  municipal  drinking  water  wells
located  in the  town of  Weaverville, North  Carolina, was  identified near the
Weaverville plant of the  Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Balcrank  Products,
Inc.  ('Balcrank'). The contaminants,  primarily perchloroethylene ('PCE'), were
present as a  result of discharges  which took  place during the  tenure of  the
former property owner. The North Carolina Department of Environmental Management
('NCDEM') notified the EPA of the PCE contamination, which notification resulted
in  the placement of  the site on  the CERCLA Information  System ('CERCLIS'), a
list of sites  identified for further  investigation under CERCLA.  At the  same
time,   under  NCDEM   supervision,  Balcrank   voluntarily  commenced  remedial
activities, including installation of a shallow groundwater remediation  system.
Results demonstrating
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
that  substantial containment  of the contaminants  had been  achieved using the
system were  submitted to  NCDEM and  to the  EPA in  October, 1993.  Currently,
Balcrank,  NCDEM  and the  EPA  are involved  in  discussions pursuant  to which
Balcrank, again  under NCDEM  supervision, will  voluntarily conduct  additional
investigative  activities with  respect to  a deeper  bedrock aquifer, including
remedial  feasibility  studies  and  activities  as  appropriate.  The   Company
estimates  that the potential cost for any  such activities will not exceed $4.3
million payable over the next several years, and has provided for the  estimated
costs in its accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
     In  addition, under the authority  of the Canadian Environmental Protection
Act, on February 14, 1995 the Ministry of Environment and Energy of the Province
of   Ontario   ('MOEE')   published    final   regulations   implementing    the
Municipal-Industrial  Strategic Abatement program  ('MISA') relative to effluent
discharges into Ontario waterways, including certain limitations on the toxicity
and alkalinity of  such effluent. The  new regulations and  their impact on  the
operation  of the  Amherstburg facility  of the  Company's wholly-owned Canadian
subsidiary,  General  Chemical  Canada  Ltd.  ('GC  Canada'),  which  discharges
effluent   into  the  Detroit  River,  is   now  estimated  to  require  capital
expenditures which  will not  exceed $1.7  million payable  over the  next  five
years,   and  annual  operating  expenses   in  connection  with  operating  and
maintaining the equipment necessary to meet the proposed regulations which  will
not exceed $0.5 million per year.
 
INFLATION
 
     Inflation has had a minimal effect on the results of the Company.
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     The  General Chemical Group Inc., which has  a history dating back to 1899,
is a diversified manufacturing company  predominantly engaged in the  production
of  inorganic  chemicals, with  manufacturing facilities  located in  the United
States and  Canada. Through  its  Chemical Segment,  the  Company is  a  leading
producer  of soda ash in  North America, and a  major North American supplier of
calcium chloride, sodium and  ammonia salts, sulfites, nitrites,  aluminum-based
chemical  products,  printing plates  and  refinery and  chemical  sulfuric acid
regeneration services to a  broad range of  industrial and municipal  customers.
Through its Manufacturing Segment, the Company manufactures precision and highly
engineered  stamped and  machined metal products,  principally automotive engine
parts.
 
     The Company  was  organized  in 1988.  The  Company's  principal  operating
subsidiaries  were transferred in  1986 by AlliedSignal to  a predecessor of the
Company, at which time new operating management was installed.
 
     The Company's  primary  business  strategy  is  to  increase  profitability
through  a series of  initiatives including selective  acquisitions. The Company
believes that its  control over  the supply of  its primary  raw materials,  its
low-cost  operating structure,  its stable  cash flow,  its reputation  for high
quality and  customer service  and  its experienced  management team  provide  a
foundation for future growth. Key elements of this strategy, which are discussed
in more detail throughout this section, are:
 
      Earnings   Growth  and  Diversification.  Since   1990,  the  Company  has
      diversified its  earnings  base by  increasing  the profitability  of  its
      derivative  product lines and services. In  part due to increased earnings
      diversification, the Company has  demonstrated stability in its  operating
      cash  flow over the past five years,  even during periods of weak economic
      activity in the United States. Through selective acquisitions, the Company
      intends to further  improve profitability.  The Company  currently has  no
      commitments,  understandings, or arrangements with respect to any specific
      acquisitions.
 
      Expansion. The Company has expanded its production capacity at its natural
      soda ash, synthetic soda ash/calcium chloride and sulfuric acid plants and
      has completed  a  new production  facility  for Toledo  Technologies.  The
      Company is in the process of further improving its production capabilities
      at  its Green  River soda  ash plant  and constructing  the new ultra-high
      purity sulfuric acid plant described below.
 
      Product Improvement  and  Diversification.  Management  has  undertaken  a
      number  of  initiatives to  improve  and diversify  the  Company's product
      lines. The  Company  has increased  the  purity of  its  electronic  grade
      chemicals,  developed and produced a new  line of coagulants and coagulant
      aids for its water treatment chemicals product line, developed  technology
      to  assist  customers  in switching  from  caustic  soda to  soda  ash and
      diversified its product lines by adding product grades such as  food-grade
      calcium  chloride  and sodium  nitrite  technical liquor.  The  Company is
      currently in  the final  stages  of permitting  for an  ultra-high  purity
      sulfuric  acid plant in Richmond, California, to service the semiconductor
      industry. The  facility will  significantly improve  product purity  while
      increasing  existing capacity for this product  by 50 percent. The Company
      expects construction of this new  facility to begin shortly. In  addition,
      emphasizing  its commitment to quality, the  Company has received ISO 9002
      certification at nearly all  of its major  facilities including its  Green
      River, Wyoming, soda ash plant, its Canadian soda ash and calcium chloride
      plant  and an  integrated facility  in Delaware  that regenerates sulfuric
      acid and produces sodium and ammonia salts, sulfites and sulfuric acid.
 
      Cost Reduction and  Operating Efficiency Improvements.  Management of  the
      Company  continually seeks opportunities to  reduce operating costs. Since
      taking control in 1986, management  has renegotiated energy, raw  material
      and  labor  contracts,  has  invested  capital  to  improve  productivity,
      capacity and quality  and has  reduced the Company's  workforce from  more
      than  3,600 to  fewer than 2,300  employees. For example,  the Company has
      recently initiated a capital program to boost the onstream availability of
      its Green River soda ash plant
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
      that will result in 200,000 tons of potential production by 1997 that  was
      previously  not  achievable due  to  periodic production  curtailments for
      routine maintenance.
 
      Capitalization on Firmer Soda Ash Markets. The Company expects that future
      growth will  result from  a more  robust  market for  soda ash  as  export
      volumes  continue to improve, particularly to  Asia and Latin America, due
      to the low cost position  of the Company and  other U.S. natural soda  ash
      producers  combined with the continuing reduction in the global production
      capacity of  synthetic soda  ash  due to  additional plant  closures.  The
      Company   believes  that  the  cost  reduction  and  operating  efficiency
      improvements and the expansion outlined above have positioned the  Company
      to further capitalize on the firmer soda ash market.
 
     For  certain information concerning the Company's revenue, operating profit
or loss and identifiable assets attributable  to each of the Company's  segments
and  geographic  areas,  see  Note  7 of  Notes  to  the  Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
PRODUCT SALES
 
     The Company's net revenues by product line during the last three years  are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                             1993      1994      1995
                                                                            ------    ------    ------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
 
<S>                                                                         <C>       <C>       <C>
Chemical Segment
     Industrial Chemical Product Lines...................................   $260.3    $254.1    $265.3
     Derivative Products and Services Product Lines......................    207.5     214.4     221.0
     Intercompany Eliminations...........................................     (4.4)     (4.1)     (5.4)
                                                                            ------    ------    ------
Total-Chemical Segment...................................................    463.4     464.4     480.9
Manufacturing Segment....................................................     55.3      61.5      70.0
                                                                            ------    ------    ------
          Total..........................................................   $518.7    $525.9    $550.9
                                                                            ------    ------    ------
                                                                            ------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
CHEMICAL SEGMENT
 
  Industrial Chemicals
 
     Soda  ash and calcium  chloride comprise the  Company's industrial chemical
product lines. The primary  end markets for soda  ash include glass  production,
sodium-based  chemicals, detergents, pulp  and paper and  water treatment. Total
industry production  of  soda  ash  in  the U.S.  and  Canada  during  1995  was
approximately  11.5 million tons with U.S.  producers estimated to have exported
nearly four million tons. The total  annual world market for soda ash  currently
is  estimated at 34 million tons. The major end markets for calcium chloride are
somewhat seasonal and are centered on  highway and road maintenance. During  the
summer,  calcium chloride  is used for  dust control and  road bed stabilization
while during the winter calcium chloride is used for melting ice. Total industry
production  of  calcium  chloride  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  during  1995  was
approximately 1.1 million tons.
 
     The  Company is a leading producer of soda  ash in the U.S. and Canada with
an estimated  23 percent  market share  based on  1995 sales,  and is  the  only
producer  of both synthetic and natural soda  ash in North America. The Company,
through GCSAP, its 51  percent-owned partnership, produces  natural soda ash  by
refining  mined trona deposits at  its plant in Green  River, Wyoming. The Green
River basin, where all  but one of  the U.S. producers of  natural soda ash  are
located,  contains the largest known, economically recoverable trona deposits in
the world. Synthetic soda ash is  produced by the Company's Canadian  subsidiary
at  its plant  in Amherstburg,  Ontario, by  using the  synthetic process, which
combines sodium from salt brine with carbon dioxide generated from limestone  to
produce  soda ash. This production process, which is energy and labor intensive,
is considerably  more costly  than refining  natural soda  ash. The  Amherstburg
plant  remains  profitable  due  to  its  operating  efficiency,  the successful
marketing of the co-product calcium chloride and its favorable freight rates  to
major Canadian soda ash markets.
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Historically,  the price of  soda ash has  fluctuated based on  the rate of
capacity utilization  by U.S.  producers.  After operating  at an  estimated  95
percent  of estimated realizable capacity from  1988 -- 1991, utilization levels
declined over the next  several years and  reached a low of  86 percent in  1993
before  improving to 89 percent in 1994 and an estimated 95 percent in 1995. The
drop in utilization was a result of the expansion by existing soda ash producers
of approximately 1.2 million tons of capacity (representing about 11 percent  of
U.S.  capacity), reduced exports to Europe and certain customers' utilization of
caustic soda in place  of soda ash  to take advantage of  a precipitous drop  in
caustic  soda prices in 1993 as production  of chlorine (a co-product of caustic
soda) increased. Caustic soda can  be used as a substitute  for soda ash in  the
production of pulp and paper and certain other chemical applications.
 
     Over  the past two years, higher production rates, due to increased demand,
have boosted capacity  utilization levels to  an estimated 95  percent and  have
resulted in favorable 1996 price increases for North American producers. Because
of  the low-cost position of  the U.S. soda ash  producers, U.S. exports of soda
ash have nearly quadrupled since 1982, growing  at a compound annual rate of  10
percent, and in total represented just under 4 million tons in 1995. In the last
two  years alone, U.S. exports have increased 900,000 tons. The Company believes
that in  the future,  U.S. producers  will continue  to capitalize  on both  the
growth  in world markets,  especially in Asia, Latin  America and Eastern Europe
and the  closure of  older,  uneconomical synthetic  soda  ash plants.  In  this
regard, since 1993, five producers have announced the closure of six plants with
an   aggregate  capacity  of   1.7  million  tons   of  soda  ash,  representing
approximately 4 percent of 1995 world capacity.
 
     Markets/Customers.  The  Company's   industrial  chemical  product   lines,
consisting  of soda  ash and  calcium chloride,  are sold  for glass production,
sodium-based chemicals, detergents, pulp and paper, water treatment and  highway
and road maintenance.
 
     The  glass production market  is comprised of  manufacturers of bottles and
other containers,  commercial,  residential  and  automobile  windows,  mirrors,
fiberglass, television tubes, lighting ware, tableware, glassware and laboratory
ware.  Approximately  one-half  of  the domestic  soda  ash  industry  demand is
attributable to glass production.
 
     Within the glass sector, container glass is the major end use and comprises
the majority of current demand.  Historically, domestic consumption of soda  ash
in  the glass container  industry has been adversely  affected by the increasing
use of  recycled  glass cullet  and  competition from  aluminum  containers  and
plastic   containers  made  of   polyethylene  terephthalate  ('PET').  Although
management believes  this trend  will  continue, it  has  slowed over  the  last
several years as the rate of recycling has levelled off.
 
     Sales  of  soda  ash  into  the  sodium  based  chemicals  market represent
approximately one-fourth  of domestic  consumption. The  chemical industry  uses
soda  ash as a source of  sodium ions and as a  fluxing agent where it is mainly
used  in  the  production  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  sodium  phosphates,  sodium
silicates and chrome chemicals.
 
     In  the  detergent market,  soda ash  is  used as  a component  of powdered
detergents and this market represents approximately one-eighth of domestic  soda
ash  consumption. Soda ash is often the prime alkali used to make phosphates and
silicates for  dry  detergent  applications.  Due  to  reformulating  by  select
customers,  the Company  has seen  an increasing demand  for the  light soda ash
product that  is produced  in North  America  only by  General Chemical  at  its
Amherstburg  plant.  Light  soda  ash  is  preferred  in  some  markets  such as
detergents due to its lower bulk  density, higher absorptivity rates and  faster
rates of reaction.
 
     Additional markets for soda ash include pulp and paper and water treatment.
In  the pulp and paper market, soda ash  supplies the sodium ion required in the
pulping of wood fiber. In  the water treatment market, soda  ash can be used  to
control pH levels and also provides the sodium ion needed for water softening.
 
     Due  to the low-cost position  of the U.S. natural  soda ash producers, the
export market plays an important role  in the supply and demand fundamentals  of
the  industry. The Company, along with the  other five U.S. producers of natural
soda ash, exports  soda ash through  the American Natural  Soda Ash  Corporation
('ANSAC'),  an export  organization organized  in 1984  under the Webb-Pommerene
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Act. ANSAC ships to  all parts of  the world except  Canada and Western  Europe.
Each  individual member's  allocation of ANSAC  volume is based  on the member's
total  nameplate  capacity,  with  any  member's  expansion  phased-in  over   a
multi-year period for allocation purposes.
 
     Taking  advantage of its low-cost position, U.S. exports (through ANSAC and
directly by producers) have grown  from 1.1 million tons  in 1982 to just  under
4.0  million tons  in 1995 with  the primary  regions of growth  having been the
Asian and Latin America markets. Part of the success of U.S. exports has been  a
result  of the breadth of the customer base, evidenced by the fact that at least
100,000 tons of U.S. soda ash were shipped to each of ten different countries in
1995.
 
     In spite of the breadth of  export markets, U.S. producers' shipments  into
the  Western European market during  1995 totalled only 0.1  to 0.2 million tons
after peaking at  more than  0.6 million  tons in  1992. The  lower exports  are
attributable  to  the stronger  U.S. dollar,  more  aggressive pricing  by local
producers and the opening of an antidumping inquiry during 1993 by the  European
Community's  Executive Commission into United States  exports of soda ash to the
European Community.  During  October  1995, the  Commission  levied  provisional
antidumping  duties  against five  of the  six U.S.  producers with  the Company
receiving the lowest levy of 2.5 percent. The remaining four producers  received
levies ranging from 5 percent to 9 percent. The Commission intends to review all
provisional  dumping  duties  one year  after  implementation. The  duty  is not
expected to have a material effect on the Company's soda ash sales.
 
     The Company expects total exports, which currently represent  approximately
one-third of U.S. production, to continue to serve as the foundation for further
growth  in the marketplace.  In addition to the  projected increase in worldwide
demand for soda ash, especially in  Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe,  and
an  improved market share in Western  Europe, the Company believes export growth
will be further facilitated by the closure of older, uneconomical synthetic soda
ash plants. Since 1993, five foreign producers have announced the closure of six
plants with an aggregate capacity of 1.7 million tons of soda ash,  representing
approximately  4 percent of 1995 world  capacity. The latest foreign producer to
announce the  closing  of  its  synthetic  facility  was  TOSOH  Corporation,  a
subsidiary  of which is a 24 percent  partner of GCSAP, which recently disclosed
that in September  1996 it  will close  its 300,000-ton  production facility  in
Japan  and act as a  distributor to its existing  customer base by sourcing soda
ash from the U.S. market through ANSAC. TOSOH Corporation is the first  Japanese
company to announce such a closing.
 
     In  addition to  soda ash, the  industrial chemicals  product line includes
calcium  chloride  which  is  sold  predominantly  into  the  highway  and  road
maintenance  market. Calcium  chloride, a co-product  of the  synthetic soda ash
process utilized  by  the Company's  Amherstburg  plant, is  used  primarily  on
Canada's  extensive  network  of  unpaved roads  for  dust  control  and roadbed
stabilization during  the summer  and on  highways for  melting ice  during  the
winter.  Other applications include retail ice control, concrete additive, water
treatment and  oil  field  uses.  Generally,  exports  into  the  United  States
represent  approximately one-third to  one-half of GC  Canada's calcium chloride
sales, although export volume can vary based on weather conditions. Although the
summer road market is the  dominant end use in  the Canadian market, the  winter
deicing  market and industrial applications are the major end use markets in the
U.S.
 
     GC Canada  is the  largest  producer of  calcium  chloride in  Canada.  The
Company  believes  that  GC  Canada's  approximately  50  strategic  storage and
distribution locations throughout  Canada and  its experienced  sales force  and
specialty  distributors will  allow it  to maintain  its market  position as the
dominant calcium chloride producer in Canada. During 1995, approximately  55,000
tons  of calcium chloride were  imported into Canada from  the U.S. In 1996, the
Canadian import duty on calcium chloride is 2.5 percent which has been declining
by 1.25 percent per year since 1989  and will be entirely eliminated by  January
1, 1998.
 
     The  Company's most significant growth  opportunity in the calcium chloride
market is in the Canadian winter  highway ice control market. Calcium  chloride,
when used with road salt, improves the effectiveness of the salt and enables the
use  of  lower  dosages  and  less  frequent  application  of  road  salt.  With
environmental pressures to reduce the use of road salt, management believes that
the use of calcium chloride will  increase in North America, although there  can
be no assurance that such use will increase.
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Production Facilities. The Company produces soda ash at two facilities: its
plant in Green River, Wyoming, which produces natural soda ash, and its plant in
Amherstburg, Ontario, which produces synthetic soda ash. Since taking control in
1986,  new management has  instituted operating improvements  at the Green River
facility that have substantially increased output at the plant, with  production
per   employee  increasing  approximately  90  percent  since  1985.  Production
improvements  have  included   the  complete   elimination  of   labor-intensive
conventional  mining techniques through  the purchase of  bore mining equipment.
Additional significant cost savings have  also been realized through  reductions
in  utility and transportation costs. In  its ongoing effort to boost production
and operating efficiency, the Company has commenced a capital program that  will
improve the 'on stream' reliability of the Green River facility. The Green River
facility  can consistently produce in excess of 200,000 tons of soda ash a month
resulting in a nameplate capacity of 2.4 million tons. However, due to  downtime
for  routine maintenance at the facility, annual production is generally limited
to 2.2 million tons. The capital program currently underway, which is  scheduled
to  be completed in 1997, will permit  the Company to operate continuously, even
when routine maintenance is being performed, and therefore, should maintain  the
production reliability of the Green River facility at 2.4 million tons.
 
     The  Amherstburg plant  produces soda  ash and  calcium chloride  using the
synthetic process. Management believes that the plant is one of the world's most
efficient synthetic  soda  ash  plants. The  higher-cost  synthetic  process  is
utilized  outside the  U.S. due  to the  lack of  economically recoverable trona
deposits in the rest of the world.  All other North American synthetic soda  ash
operations  have  been shut  down  in the  face  of competition  from lower-cost
natural soda ash operations. The Amherstburg plant remains profitable due to its
operating  efficiency,  the  successful  marketing  of  the  co-product  calcium
chloride  and its  favorable freight rates  to major Canadian  soda ash markets.
Annual nameplate capacity at the Amherstburg  plant totals 500,000 tons of  soda
ash and 450,000 tons of calcium chloride.
 
     In  February,  1993 the  Company's management's  commitment to  quality was
recognized as Green River became the first U.S. soda ash facility to be  awarded
ISO  9002 certification by the  International Standards Organization. Management
believes that ISO 9002 certification, an internationally recognized standard  of
quality  in manufacturing, will  become increasingly important  to future market
penetration in Western Europe. The Green River plant has also been recognized by
Ford Motor  Company  as  a Q-1  (top  rated)  supplier for  several  years.  The
Amherstburg facility was awarded ISO 9002 certification in May, 1994.
 
     General  Chemical Soda Ash  Partnership. The Green River  plant is owned by
GCSAP, a partnership of which the Company  is the managing partner and in  which
the Company owns a 51 percent equity interest. The Andover Group, Inc., which is
a wholly owned subsidiary of ACI International Limited, owns a 25 percent equity
interest,  and TOSOH Wyoming, Inc., which is  a wholly owned subsidiary of TOSOH
America, Inc., owns a 24 percent equity interest. ACI International Limited is a
major world producer of container glass  and a customer of GCSAP. TOSOH  Wyoming
Inc.'s  ultimate  parent  company,  TOSOH  Corporation,  is  a  leading Japanese
chemical company  whose  operations include  a  300,000-ton synthetic  soda  ash
facility in Nanyo, Japan, (which TOSOH has announced it will close in September,
1996). ACI International Limited is a subsidiary of BTR Nylex Limited ('BTR'), a
leading  Australian  industrial company  which competes  in  a diverse  range of
manufacturing and marketing businesses, including chemical polymers,  packaging,
engineering,  building products and textiles. General Chemical and BTR have been
in partnership at the Green River facility since 1986.
 
     There are no material restrictions on the distribution of funds from  GCSAP
to  General Chemical  and available cash  is distributed quarterly  to the three
partners in accordance with their ownership percentages. The partnership related
agreements include prohibitions against the transfer of its equity interests  by
any  of  the  current partners  (either  directly  or through  the  sale  of the
subsidiary holding the partnership interest) or withdrawal from the  partnership
without the consent of the other partners. These provisions also provide put and
call  options in respect of any proposed sale to protect the other partners. See
Note 5 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Control of Resources. Natural soda ash is produced from trona ore which the
Company mines  under leases  with the  United States  Government, the  State  of
Wyoming  and the Union Pacific Resources  Corporation. Within the trona bed (No.
17) which  the  Company is  currently  mining, the  Company's  estimated  proven
reserves  consist of approximately  107 million tons of  extractable ore. At the
1995 operating rate of 2.2 million tons  of soda ash per year (4.1 million  tons
of  trona ore),  there is  approximately a 26-year  supply. For  the three years
ended December 31, 1995, annual  production of trona ore averaged  approximately
3.8  million tons. In addition, the Company's reserves contain three other major
minable trona beds containing approximately 328 million tons of extractable ore.
These beds, which may require significant capital to access, should provide more
than 80 years of added reserves based on current operating rates.
 
     All applications for renewal of United States government leases in  Wyoming
with  the Company  and all  other trona  leaseholders are  being held  pending a
review by the BLM of the royalty  rate for trona extracted under the leases  and
certain  other provisions  of the  leases. Pursuant  to its  current leases, the
Company has a preferential  right to renew such  leases for successive  ten-year
periods  on reasonable terms  and conditions prescribed by  the Secretary of the
Interior. The Company has  been notified by  the BLM that  it will increase  the
federal  royalty rate on  mining trona from 5  percent to 6  percent of soda ash
sales on renewed leases and from 5 percent to 8 percent of soda ash sales on new
leases. The  increases will  apply to  leases  for renewal  by all  Green  River
producers.  Furthermore,  the  BLM  has  indicated  that  it  will  renew leases
currently held in  the next  two to  three months.  The BLM  action will  likely
result  in  a  comparable royalty  rate  increase  on state  and  private leases
throughout  the  industry.  Management  believes  that  the  renewal  terms  and
conditions  proposed by the Secretary  of the Interior will  not have a material
effect on the Company.
 
     The synthetic process for manufacturing soda ash combines sodium from  salt
brine  with carbon dioxide generated from heating limestone in a coal-fired kiln
to produce  soda  ash.  Based  on current  production  levels  the  Company  has
approximately  34 years of salt reserves at present. Limestone reserves owned by
the Company total approximately  15 years, with an  option on an additional  six
years of reserves. However, the Company is not currently utilizing its limestone
reserves  and is  instead purchasing all  of its limestone  requirements under a
long-term contract with a major limestone  producer due to the economic  benefit
of using purchased limestone.
 
     Competition.  The U.S. and  Canadian soda ash industry  is comprised of the
companies listed below. General Chemical, FMC Corporation, Oriental Chemical Co.
and Solvay Minerals all have joint venture partners.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1996 ANNUAL NAMEPLATE
  OWNER/MANAGING PARTNER       LOCATION      CAPACITY IN TONS                   PARTNER(S)
- ---------------------------  ------------  ----------------------  ------------------------------------
                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                          <C>           <C>                     <C>
General Chemical...........  Wyoming                2,400          ACI (25%), TOSOH (24%)
                             Amherstburg              500                           --
                                                 --------
                                                    2,900
FMC Corporation............  Wyoming                3,550**        Sumitomo/Nippon Sheet Glass (20%)
Oriental Chemical Co.......  Wyoming                2,300          Union Pacific Resources Corp. (49%)
Solvay Minerals............  Wyoming                2,300**        Asahi Glass (20%)
North American Chemical
  Co.......................  California             1,500**                         --
TG Soda Ash Inc*...........  Wyoming                1,300                           --
                                                 --------
     Total U.S. and Canadian Capacity....
                                                   13,850
                                                 --------
                                                 --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
 * 100% owned by Elf Aquitaine.
 
** Nameplate capacity includes recently completed expansions.
 
     Due to  the  U.S. producers'  low-cost  position and  increasing  worldwide
demand for soda ash, the ownership of the U.S. facilities has become more global
in  nature as both international customers  and producers have invested in Green
River  facilities.  This  was   best  exemplified  in   May  1992  when   Solvay
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Minerals,  a subsidiary of Solvay, SA, which  is the world's largest producer of
soda ash  with synthetic  capacity  in excess  of  4.0 million  tons,  purchased
Tenneco  Inc.'s 80 percent interest in  its 2.0 million-ton Green River facility
for $500  million.  More  recently,  in the  first  quarter  of  1995,  Sumitomo
Corporation  and Nippon Sheet Glass collectively purchased a 20 percent stake in
the FMC facility. Finally, in the  first quarter of 1996, Oriental Chemical  Co.
purchased Rhone-Poulenc's 51 percent interest in its soda ash facility.
 
     In  addition to  Solvay SA,  TOSOH Corporation,  Oriental Chemical  Co. and
Asahi Glass also operate synthetic soda ash facilities outside of North America.
Management believes  that  the global  ownership  of the  various  Green  River,
Wyoming,  facilities may  further boost U.S.  exports, both  direct, and through
ANSAC, and accelerate the closure of synthetic soda ash plants outside of  North
America, although there can be no assurance that this will occur.
 
     With  respect  to  calcium  chloride, the  Company,  with  450,000  tons of
capacity, is  the largest  producer of  calcium chloride  in Canada.  Its  major
competitors  are Dow Chemical in the U.S. and local producers in Western Canada.
In the United States,  the Company is the  third largest distributor of  calcium
chloride  behind Dow Chemical  and Tetra Technologies. It  is estimated that Dow
Chemical has 700,000 tons of capacity.  The next largest U.S. producer is  Tetra
Technologies,  which  operates  four  plants with  estimated  total  capacity of
300,000 tons. Tetra Technologies  has announced its intention  to expand one  of
its  existing  facilities  by 100,000  tons.  In  addition, Ambar  Inc.,  an oil
services company,  has announced  its intention  to enter  the calcium  chloride
market  and has subsequently purchased an  existing salt evaporation facility in
Michigan for conversion to calcium chloride production. Ambar has announced that
the facility is  expected to  come on  stream in the  latter half  of 1996  with
announced  capacity  of  300,000  tons,  although  the  Company  believes actual
production may be less. Some portion of the potential production will be used by
Ambar for internal  consumption in its  oil service business  in the Gulf  Coast
region.  The Company  believes that the  Company's long  standing reputation and
service, strategic location,  size and  extent of its  storage and  distribution
facilities  and use of its sales force  and specialty distributors will allow it
to maintain  its  leading  market  share  positions  in  the  highway  and  road
maintenance market, although no assurances can be given that this will occur.
 
     Pricing/Capacity  Utilization.  Historically,  the price  of  soda  ash has
fluctuated based on  the rate  of capacity  utilization by  U.S. producers.  The
industry   destabilized   in   1982  as   Tenneco   Inc.  brought   a   new  1.0
million-ton-per-year plant (purchased by  Solvay Minerals in  1992) on line  and
aggressively  pursued commitments from  potential purchasers of  the new plant's
volume at  a time  when  the economy  was  depressed, glass  manufacturers  were
consolidating  facilities and the export market  was still being developed. This
combination of events resulted  in industry soda ash  prices decreasing from  an
average  of $91  per ton  in 1981  to $65 per  ton in  1986. From  1986 to 1991,
industry soda ash prices recovered  to $84 per ton, mainly  due to the surge  in
exports  which now  provide a  stable and growing  demand component  to the U.S.
industry. During the 1992  -- 1994 period, industry  prices weakened to the  $70
per  ton level as  a result of the  expansion by existing  soda ash producers of
approximately 1.2 million  tons of  capacity (representing about  11 percent  of
U.S.  capacity at that  time), reduced exports to  Europe and certain customers'
utilization of  caustic  soda in  place  of soda  ash  to take  advantage  of  a
precipitous  drop in caustic  soda prices in  1993 as production  of chlorine (a
co-product of caustic soda) increased. Industry fundamentals began to improve in
1994 due primarily to the continuation of growth in exports reflecting the  U.S.
low  cost position coupled  with the closure  of synthetic soda  ash plants and,
secondarily, due to increased domestic consumption. Since 1982, U.S. exports  of
soda ash have nearly quadrupled, growing at a compound annual rate of 10 percent
and currently in total represent just under 4 million tons. Consequently, prices
recovered  in  1995 to  the $74  per  ton level  and management  expects average
industry soda ash prices to climb above the $80 per ton level in 1996.
 
     In spite  of  recently  completed  capacity  expansions  by  existing  U.S.
producers  totalling  1.3  million  tons, based  on  current  market conditions,
management does not believe soda ash pricing will be adversely affected over the
near term. Although  these capacity expansions  have been known  about for  some
time, U.S. soda ash contract prices strengthened in 1996. FMC, which boosted its
nameplate  capacity  by 700,000  tons to  3.6 million  tons, has  indicated that
approximately one-third of
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
the expansion  is targeted  for a  large  domestic chemical  company for  a  new
neutralization  application that represents an  incremental demand for soda ash.
In addition, FMC's new joint venture partner, Nippon Sheet Glass, is expected to
increase its use  of U.S.-sourced soda  ash for its  requirements in Japan.  The
other  two significant  capacity expansions  were completed  by Solvay Minerals,
which increased capacity by 300,000 tons, and North American Chemical Co., which
increased capacity by 250,000 tons.
 
     The Company believes  that U.S.  producers will continue  to capitalize  on
both  the growth in world markets, especially in Asia, Latin America and Eastern
Europe, and an  increasing market share  in the Western  European markets  where
U.S.  producers currently have less  than a five percent  share. In this regard,
export growth  has been  particularly strong  over the  past two  years as  U.S.
exports  have grown by 900,000 tons. Management believes export growth will also
be facilitated by the closure of older, uneconomical synthetic soda ash  plants.
Since 1993, five foreign producers have announced the closure of six plants with
an   aggregate  capacity  of   1.7  million  tons   of  soda  ash,  representing
approximately four percent of 1995  world capacity. The latest foreign  producer
to  announce the closing  of its synthetic facility  was TOSOH Corporation which
recently disclosed that in September, 1996  it will close its facility in  Japan
that has 300,000 tons of capacity. TOSOH Corporation, which also owns 24 percent
of  the  Company's  Green River  plant,  became  the first  Japanese  company to
announce such a closing.
 
     Since the 1982 construction of the  Tenneco Inc. facility, there have  been
no  new natural soda ash  plants built in North  America. Capacity expansion has
been achieved  by  expansion  of  existing  facilities  and  improved  operating
efficiencies  with such new natural soda  ash capacity generally being offset by
the closure  of  older,  uneconomical  synthetic  soda  ash  plants.  Management
estimates  that  construction  of  a  new natural  soda  ash  plant  with  a 1.0
million-ton-per-year capacity would take three years to build after engaging  in
a  time-consuming regulatory approval and permitting  process, and would cost in
excess of $400 million. Management believes  that the current price of soda  ash
would have to increase substantially to support such a capital expenditure.
 
     The  following chart indicates  the average industry price  of soda ash per
ton and U.S. capacity utilized during the period from 1981-1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AVERAGE PRICE    U.S. CAPACITY
                   YEAR                       PER TON(1)      UTILIZATION(2)
- ------------------------------------------   -------------    -------------
 
<S>                                          <C>              <C>
1981......................................        $91               84%
1982......................................         88               74
1983......................................         77               80
1984......................................         67               80
1985......................................         68               80
1986......................................         65               84
1987......................................         67               89
1988......................................         67               97
1989......................................         77               99
1990......................................         83               97
1991......................................         84               95
1992......................................         81               92
1993......................................         74               86
1994......................................         70               89
1995(3)...................................         74               95
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Based on data from the U.S. Geological Survey (not adjusted for  inflation),
    FOB production facility.
 
(2) Based  on announced  capacity (as  reported by  the U.S.  Geological Survey)
    adjusted to  95%  which  management believes  better  approximates  onstream
    capacity.
 
(3) Industry estimate.
 
     The  Company's soda  ash pricing  in Canada  is determined  by the industry
pricing established at  Green River,  Wyoming, plus freight,  duty and  currency
exchange.  In 1996, the import  duty on soda ash  entering Canada is 2.5 percent
and  has   been   declining   by   1.25   percentage   points   annually   since
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
1989. The import duty will be entirely eliminated by January 1, 1998. Since most
of  the Canadian market for  soda ash is in  Ontario and Quebec, the Amherstburg
facility enjoys a  substantial freight  advantage, which  somewhat insulates  it
from lower production costs at U.S. natural soda ash production facilities.
 
DERIVATIVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
     The Company's derivative products and services product lines include a wide
variety  of products such as sulfuric  acid, sodium and ammonia salts, sulfites,
aluminum based chemical products and nitrites that are derived principally  from
its  primary  production of  soda  ash and  regeneration  of sulfuric  acid. The
Company's products  are  categorized into  five  major product  lines  with  end
markets  including  refinery  and  chemical  sulfuric  acid  regeneration, water
treatment, photo chemicals, pulp  and paper, chemical processing,  semiconductor
devices and printing.
 
     Due  to the control and integration of its primary raw materials throughout
its product offering,  the Company  is able to  control quality  and maintain  a
competitive, less volatile cost structure. Consequently, the Company has leading
market  share positions in the majority of its specific market segments in which
it competes.
 
     Markets/Customers. The Company's derivative  products and services  product
lines  consist of five major  product lines that sell into  a broad range of end
markets as categorized in the table below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PRODUCT LINES
                                                   SULFUR        FINE        WATER     ELECTRONIC   PRINTING PLATES
                  END MARKET                      PRODUCTS    CHEMICALS    CHEMICALS   CHEMICALS     AND CHEMICALS
<S>                                               <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Chemical Processing............................       *           *             *           *           
Photo Chemicals................................                   *
Printing.......................................                                                            *
Pulp and Paper.................................       *           *             * 
Refinery and Chemical Sulfuric Acid
  Regeneration.................................       *
Semiconductor..................................       *           *                         *
Water Treatment................................       *           *             *
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's products that  are sold into  the chemical processing  market
include sodium and potassium nitrite, potassium fluoride, fluoborate derivatives
and sulfuric acid. Sodium nitrite, of which the Company is one of only two North
American  producers,  is primarily  used  as a  reactant  in the  manufacture of
various organics (i.e.  dyes and  pigments and rubber  processing chemicals)  as
well  as in applications  as a heat  transfer salt in  high temperature chemical
reactions and as a cooling tower corrosion inhibitor. The potassium fluoride and
fluoborate derivatives are low-volume, higher-priced, chemicals sold through the
Company's  distributors  for  applications   in  brazing  fluxes,   agricultural
chemicals,  surfactants and analytical reagents. These chemicals are consumed in
numerous applications as a  safer alternative to  more hazardous raw  materials.
Sulfuric  acid is a basic industrial chemical  and is used in the manufacture of
titanium pigments,  fertilizer,  synthetic fibers,  steel,  petroleum,  aluminum
sulfate ('alum'), paper and many other products.
 
     The  Company's products that  are sold into the  photo chemicals market are
sodium and ammonia sulfites and bisulfites where the major applications  include
fixing  and developing solutions  for conventional film  and x-ray processes. In
part due to the high  purity of its products, broad  product mix and quality  of
both its dry and liquid products, the Company has leading market share positions
in these products.
 
     Sales  into  the  printing  market  consist  predominately  of lithographic
plates, with sales of pressroom chemicals and automatic plate processors serving
as complementary  products. The  Company,  through its  wholly-owned  subsidiary
Printing  Developments, Inc. ('PDI'),  utilizes a unique  bimetal printing plate
system which  provides higher  resolution and  better color  reproduction  while
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
offering  greater durability than the polymer system used by most other industry
participants. The  Company targets  medium to  large offset  lithographers  that
emphasize   high  quality  production  in   the  newspaper  insert,  commercial,
publication and metal decorating markets.
 
     Sales  into  the  pulp  and  paper  market  are  primarily  alum,  enhanced
coagulants, sulfuric acid and sulfites. In the pulp and paper industry, alum and
enhanced  coagulants are used to impart water resistance ('sizing') to paper and
to  treat  the  substantial  quantities  of  influent  water  required  in   the
papermaking  process.  Through its  broad  geographical network  of  plants, the
Company is the leading supplier of alum to the pulp and paper industry.  Through
its  Syracuse Technical Center, the Company is able to offer specialized product
application  expertise  which  is  not  available  from  the  majority  of   its
competitors.  In the early 1990s, the Company closed seven alum plants to reduce
costs as alum  lost market share  in the  pulp and paper  industry to  competing
products,  a trend the Company believes has mostly been completed. Sulfuric acid
is used in the sulfur dioxide pulp  bleaching process, in pH adjustments and  in
pulp  mill  water  treatment.  The  sodium sulfite  products  have  a  number of
applications in the pulp  and paper market that  are growing moderately such  as
reducing  bleaching  agents like  chlorine and  hydrogen peroxide,  digesting of
fibers in the thermo-mechanical pulping process, and as a raw material for other
bleaching agents.
 
     The refinery  and  chemical  sulfuric  acid  regeneration  services  market
primarily  includes the regeneration of spent sulfuric acid for the refining and
chemical  industries  as  well  as  environmental  services  such  as  pollution
abatement and sulfur recovery for select refineries. The refineries use sulfuric
acid  as an alkylation process catalyst  in the production of high-quality, high
octane and low vapor pressure gasoline. The alkylation process contaminates  and
dilutes the sulfuric acid catalyst, generating an 85 percent to 90 percent spent
sulfuric acid stream, which is then removed from the process and recycled to the
Company. The spent sulfuric acid is delivered to the Company from the refineries
via  pipeline  or tank  truck and  is thermally  decomposed to  regenerate fresh
sulfuric acid. The acid is then recycled back to the refinery as fresh acid. The
Company provides a similar service to  the chemical industry in connection  with
the manufacture of ion exchange resins, silicone polymers, liquid detergents and
surfactants.  The Company's customer base is regionalized and is generally based
on plant  proximity  with regeneration  services  usually provided  pursuant  to
long-term contracts.
 
     The  refinery and chemical  sulfuric acid regeneration  services market has
grown over the last several years which has resulted in the Company  undertaking
a series of plant expansions, the latest being completed at the end of 1995. The
market  growth is predominantly  due to the favorable  properties of alkylate (a
gasoline blending component) when added as a component of the gasoline  formula.
In  particular, alkylate has a low vapor  pressure and does not contain olefins,
aromatics or benzene (other gasoline blending components) and only trace amounts
of sulfur, each of which have been identified by the EPA as increasing  gasoline
emission  problems and  leading to  lower air  quality. In  1989, the government
lowered the  Reid Vapor  Pressure requirements  for gasoline  to limit  volatile
organic  compound  emissions  which  served to  increase  the  attractiveness of
alkylate as a gasoline  blending component. In 1990,  Congress passed the  Clean
Air Act which mandated emission reductions through improved gasoline with yet to
be  defined reformulated gasoline regulations. Although the impact on alkylation
is still unclear, California legislation  has placed limitations on olefins  and
aromatics  which resulted  in increased demand  which led to  the Company's most
recent expansion of its regeneration facilities.
 
     Sales into the  semiconductor market consist  of high-purity  semiconductor
acids,  caustics and  etchants that are  marketed to  customers throughout North
America, Western Europe and the Pacific Rim. These customers manufacture silicon
wafers and convert the  wafers to integrated  circuits. The Company  anticipates
that growth for electronic chemicals will be in premium quality products used on
newly-constructed  fabrication  lines. As  semiconductor circuitry  continues to
shrink in size, increased emphasis will be placed on minimizing impurity  levels
in the chemicals used to produce microprocessor chips. The Company believes that
as   a  basic  manufacturer  of  many  of  the  chemicals  it  supplies  to  the
semiconductor market, it is uniquely able to control the quality of its  product
which  may  result  in  an  advantage over  product  resellers.  In  addition to
semiconductor acids, caustics and etchants, the  Company also sells a number  of
fluoborate derivative products for electroplating. The
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Company  has particularly targeted the Pacific Rim for product line growth where
20 percent of existing  Company sales in the  semiconductor market already  take
place.
 
     The  Company's  products  that are  sold  into the  water  treatment market
primarily consist of  alum, enhanced  coagulants, sodium and  ammonia salts  and
sulfites.  Through  its broad  geographic  network of  28  strategically located
plants throughout the United States and Canada, the Company is the largest North
American producer of alum, which is used  as a flocculant and coagulant for  the
treatment  of water and waste water. The customer base predominately consists of
municipalities with contracts generally awarded annually on a bid basis. Several
new products have  been recently introduced  with the support  of the  Company's
technical  center such as a new class  of enhanced coagulants and an application
program for  lake  purification.  Through its  Syracuse  Technical  Center,  the
Company  has taken an industry leadership position in working with regulators to
set drinking  water  standards and  in  recommending best  practices  for  water
treatment   facilities.  The  Company  believes   that  stricter  water  quality
regulations such as the  proposed amendments to the  Safe Drinking Water Act  of
1986  should result in increased demand  for its coagulant products. The Company
also has leading  market share  positions for its  sodium and  ammonia salt  and
sulfite  products. These  products work as  dechlorination agents  and as oxygen
removal agents  to  inhibit the  corrosion  of  steel lines  and  equipment.  In
general,  although there are  many competing products as  well as competitors in
the water  treatment  market, due  to  the increasing  federal  guidelines,  the
Company anticipates future growth in the market place.
 
     Production  Facilities. The  manufacturing base of  the derivative products
and services product lines consists of  34 plants located throughout the  United
States and Canada. The major facility is located in North Claymont, Delaware and
is  the largest spent sulfuric  acid regeneration plant on  the East Coast while
also serving as  the Company's  base for the  production of  sodium and  ammonia
salts,  sulfites  and  sulfuric  acid. Other  major  facilities  that regenerate
sulfuric acid are  located in Richmond,  California, and Anacortes,  Washington,
where  they  are  tied by  pipeline  to  their major  customers.  The production
facility  for  high-purity  semiconductor  etchants  is  located  in  Pittsburg,
California,  which is in  close proximity to major  customers in Silicon Valley.
The Company produces lithographic  plates and plate  and pressroom chemicals  at
its  facility  in Racine,  Wisconsin. Twenty-eight  of the  Company's derivative
products and  services plants,  including six  in Canada,  manufacture  aluminum
sulfate   and  enhanced  coagulants  such   as  polyaluminum  chloride  and  are
strategically located near major customers.
 
     Since taking control in 1986, management has expanded facilities,  improved
operating  efficiencies through  equipment upgrades  and closed  12 unprofitable
plants to improve the earnings of  the derivative products and services  product
lines.  Specifically, management  has doubled  the capacity  of its regeneration
business  through  a  series  of   expansions  to  capitalize  on  the   growing
requirements  of this market. Currently,  the Company is in  the final stages of
permitting an ultra-high  purity sulfuric  acid plant  in Richmond,  California,
that  will  significantly  improve  product  purity  while  increasing  existing
capacity for this product by 50 percent to simultaneously meet the higher purity
and  demand  levels   of  the  semiconductor   industry.  The  Company   expects
construction of this new facility to begin shortly.
 
     Control   of  Resources.   The  Company's   competitive-cost  position  and
high-quality products  are  in  part  attributable to  its  control  of  several
critical  raw materials  that serve  as the  feedstock for  the majority  of its
products. In  connection  with  the sulfuric  acid  regeneration  business,  the
Company  has  the capability  to manufacture  sulfuric  acid and  sulfur dioxide
relatively inexpensively.  Sulfur  dioxide  and  soda  ash  are  the  major  raw
materials  in the  manufacture of  sodium salts,  sulfites and  nitrites and the
Company is the only  producer to control both  raw materials. Sulfuric acid,  in
addition  to  being sold  in  the merchant  market by  the  Company, is  also an
important raw material in the manufacture of aluminum sulfate as well as in  the
manufacture of high purity semiconductor acids. Consequently, major raw material
purchases  are limited to sulfuric acid where it is uneconomical for the Company
to supply  itself  due to  distribution  costs,  bauxite and  hydrate  (for  the
manufacture  of  alum),  sulfur  (for the  manufacture  of  sulfuric  acid), and
aluminum (for the manufacture of printing plates).
 
     Competition. Although the Company  generally has significant market  shares
in the product areas in which it competes, most of its end markets are extremely
competitive and, therefore, raising prices
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
has been difficult over the past several years and will likely continue to be so
in  the near future. The Company's major competitors are typically segregated by
end markets  and  include international,  regional  and, in  some  cases,  small
independent producers. In many cases, due to freight costs, the proximity of the
production  facility to  the end  market user  is the  critical factor  in being
competitive.
 
     In addition to  the refineries  that perform their  own acid  regeneration,
competitors  include Coulton,  DuPont, Olin,  PVS and  Rhone-Poulenc, which also
have acid regeneration facilities  that are generally  located near their  major
customers.  Major competitors in sodium and ammonia salts, sulfites and nitrites
include BASF, Calabrian, Cytec, DuPont, Kerley, Rhone-Poulenc, and Solvay  S.A.,
although no competitor competes in all markets or products with the Company.
 
MANUFACTURING SEGMENT
 
     Through   Toledo  Technologies  and   Balcrank,  the  Company  manufactures
automotive engine  parts and  fluid handling  equipment for  original  equipment
manufacturers  ('OEMs') and the automotive services market. Toledo Technologies,
located in Toledo, Ohio,  manufactures rocker arms,  roller rocker arms,  roller
followers  and  other stamped  and machined  metal  products for  the automotive
industry. In overhead valve internal combustion engines, rocker arms and  roller
rocker  arms act  as levers  that open  and close  valves, allowing  air and gas
mixture into the combustion chambers and combusted gas into the exhaust  system.
In  overhead cam engines, roller followers ride  along the camshaft and open and
close the  valves. Other  products manufactured  include general  stampings  and
rocker arm shafts that hold rocker arms in place.
 
     Toledo   Technologies'  customer   base  consists   primarily  of  domestic
automobile and truck manufacturers and  other OEMs. Its three primary  customers
are Chrysler, Ford and General Motors and, in each case, the Company is the sole
supplier  for the  engine programs  in which  it participates.  During 1995, the
Company added new General Motors business arising out of GM's new 3.1 liter  and
2.2 liter engine programs. Beginning in 1996, the Company expects to continue to
boost  sales of its  more value-added roller  followers (requiring both stamping
and assembly) as automotive engine technology continues to switch from  overhead
valve to overhead cam engines. To accommodate new Ford and Chrysler business and
growth  in roller  follower components, the  Company has  recently completed its
second manufacturing facility, which is also located in Toledo, Ohio.
 
     Balcrank, located in Weaverville, North Carolina, principally  manufactures
fluid  handling  equipment (air-driven  pumps, hose  reels, control  handles and
accessories) for  the automotive  services  market. Balcrank  also  manufactures
other products including trailer hitches and manual controls, such as cranks and
handwheels  for machine  tools. Products  are sold  to both  distributor and OEM
customers by  the  Company's  field  sales force,  augmented  by  a  network  of
manufacturers' representatives.
 
     With  respect to automotive engine parts, the Company's competitors such as
Hitchner Manufacturing, Eaton and captive OEMs do not currently produce  stamped
metal  products and  instead emphasize other  engine technology  designs such as
castings. Competitors in the fluid handling services market include divisions of
BTR plc, Graco, Ingersoll-Rand and Pentair.
 
CUSTOMERS; SEASONALITY; BACKLOGS
 
     The Company  does  not have  any  single customer,  or  a small  number  of
customers,  the loss of any  one or more of which  would have a material adverse
effect on the Company. Sales of calcium chloride are concentrated in late spring
and summer.  Sales of  soda ash  to the  glass container  industry are  somewhat
seasonal because sales of beverage containers are stronger in the summer. Due to
the  nature of  the Company's business,  there are no  significant backlogs. See
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Seasonality and Quarterly Financial Data.'
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     Regulation.   The  Company's   various  inorganic   chemical  manufacturing
operations, which have been conducted at a number of facilities for many  years,
are subject to numerous laws and regulations relating to the protection of human
health  and the environment in the U.S. and Canada. The Company believes that it
is in  substantial compliance  with such  laws and  regulations. However,  as  a
result  of  its  operations,  the  Company is  involved  from  time  to  time in
administrative and judicial proceedings and inquiries relating to  environmental
matters.  These  include  several currently  pending  administrative proceedings
concerning alleged  environmental violations  at  Company facilities.  Based  on
information available at this time with respect to potential liability involving
these  facilities, the Company believes that any  such liability will not have a
material adverse  effect on  its financial  position or  results of  operations.
However,  modifications of existing laws and  regulations or the adoption of new
laws and regulations in the  future, particularly with respect to  environmental
and  safety standards, or  discovery of any  additional or unknown environmental
contamination, if any, could require capital expenditures which may be  material
or  otherwise  adversely  impact  the  Company's  operations.  See 'Management's
Discussion   and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results    of
Operations -- Environmental Matters.'
 
     Accruals/Insurance.  The Company's  accruals for  environmental liabilities
are  recorded  based  on  current  interpretation  of  environmental  laws   and
regulations  when it  is probable  that a  liability has  been incurred  and the
amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Accruals for environmental
matters were $15.9 million and $16.6  million at December 31, 1994 and  December
31, 1995, respectively. The Company maintains a comprehensive insurance program,
including  customary comprehensive general liability insurance for bodily injury
and property damage caused by various activities and occurrences and significant
excess coverage to insure against catastrophic occurrences such as the July  26,
1993 Richmond, California, incident. However, it does not maintain any insurance
other  than as described above for potential liabilities related specifically to
remediation of  existing  or future  environmental  contamination, if  any.  See
'Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Environmental Matters.'
 
     The Company has an established program to ensure that its facilities comply
with environmental  laws and  regulations. Expenditures  made pursuant  to  this
program  approximated $11.4 million in 1995 (of which approximately $3.5 million
represented capital  expenditures  and  approximately $7.9  million  related  to
ongoing  operations and the management and remediation of hazardous substances).
Expenditures for 1994  approximated $7.9  million (of  which approximately  $1.6
million  represented capital expenditures and approximately $6.3 million related
to  ongoing  operations  and  the   management  and  remediation  of   hazardous
substances). The Company expects similar expenditures in 1996 to be in the range
of  $12.0  million  to $14.0  million;  however, should  environmental  laws and
regulations affecting  the  Company's  operations  become  more  stringent,  the
Company's costs for environmental compliance may increase above such range.
 
     Additionally,  CERCLA,  and  similar  state  Superfund  statutes  have been
construed as imposing joint and several  liability on present and former  owners
and operators of contaminated sites and transporters and generators of hazardous
substances  for remediation of contaminated  properties regardless of fault. The
Company has received  written notice from  the EPA that  it has been  identified
under  CERCLA at three Superfund sites. With  respect to two of these sites, the
Company does not believe that its  liability, if any, arising therefrom will  be
material  to its results  of operations or financial  condition. With respect to
the other  site, known  as the  Avtex site,  which is  located in  Front  Royal,
Virginia, the Company has provided for the estimated costs of certain activities
requested  by the EPA at the site  in its accrual for environmental liabilities.
In addition, Congress continues to consider reauthorization and modification  of
the CERCLA statute and because passage of any such new law has not yet occurred,
the  Company does not have sufficient information to ascertain its impact on the
Company's potential liabilities, if any.
 
     In 1990, the EPA released a proposed rule, parts of which were finalized in
1993, that establishes standards for  the implementation of a corrective  action
program  under  RCRA. Corrective  action  programs require  facilities  that are
operating under a permit, or are seeking a permit to treat, store or dispose  of
hazardous  wastes,  to  investigate and  remediate  environmental contamination.
During the
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
third quarter of  1995, the Company  conducted a facility  investigation at  its
Pittsburg, California, manufacturing facility, pursuant to RCRA and the terms of
its  Hazardous Waste Facility Permit  for the site, and  submitted the report of
such investigation to  the Cal  EPA. Additional work  relating to  the study  is
currently   ongoing.  The  Company  estimates   that  the  potential  costs  for
implementing corrective action at such facility  will be less than $2.0  million
payable  over the next several years and has provided for the estimated costs in
its accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
     In 1989,  groundwater  contamination  in  municipal  drinking  water  wells
located  in  the town  of Weaverville,  North Carolina  was identified  near the
Weaverville plant  of  the  Company's  Balcrank  subsidiary.  The  contaminants,
primarily  PCE, were present as  a result of discharges  which took place during
the tenure of the former property owner.  The NCDEM notified the EPA of the  PCE
contamination,  which  notification resulted  in the  placement  of the  site on
CERCLIS, a list of sites identified  for further investigation under CERCLA.  At
the  same time, under NCDEM supervision, Balcrank voluntarily commenced remedial
activities, including installation of a shallow groundwater remediation  system.
Results  demonstrating that substantial containment of the contaminants had been
achieved using the system  were submitted to  NCDEM and to  the EPA in  October,
1993.  Currently,  Balcrank,  NCDEM  and the  EPA  are  involved  in discussions
pursuant to  which Balcrank,  again under  NCDEM supervision,  will  voluntarily
conduct  additional investigative  activities with  respect to  a deeper bedrock
aquifer, including remedial feasibility  studies and activities as  appropriate.
The  Company estimates that the potential cost  for any such activities will not
exceed $4.3 million payable  over the next several  years, and has provided  for
the estimated costs in its accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
     In  addition, under the authority  of the Canadian Environmental Protection
Act, on  February  14, 1995,  The  Ministry of  Environment  and Energy  of  the
Province  of Ontario published  final regulations implementing  the MISA program
relative to  effluent  discharges  into  Ontario  waterways,  including  certain
limitations on the toxicity and alkalinity of such effluent. The new regulations
and  their impact  on the operation  of GC Canada's  Amherstburg facility, which
discharges effluent into the Detroit River  is now estimated to require  capital
expenditures which will not exceed $1.7 million payable over the next five years
and  annual operating expenses in connection  with operating and maintaining the
equipment necessary to meet the proposed regulations which will not exceed  $0.5
million per year.
 
     On  January  30,  1996  the  Ontario  Ministry  of  Natural  Resources (the
'Ministry') issued an order to the  Company to cease solution mining  activities
in  certain  sections of  the Amherstburg  plant's brine  well fields  until the
Company  completed  a  review  of,   among  other  things,  the  stability   and
interconnectivity of certain of the brine caverns and submitted certain required
records and data. Under the order, as modified by the Ministry in February 1996,
the  Company's production was impacted during  the first quarter, although it is
currently operating the  Amherstburg plant  within normal  operating ranges.  In
addition,  the Company owns significant additional brine fields that the Company
is developing as part of its customary raw material sourcing program which could
substitute for the impacted brine wells.  Moreover, the Company and its  outside
consultant  are currently conducting certain  evaluations and collecting various
data relating to the stability of the brine caverns and expects, upon completion
of this work within the next several months, to be in a position to petition the
Ministry to lift the remainder of the order. Consequently, the Company  believes
that  the order and related  remedial expenses will not  have a material adverse
effect on its results  of operations or financial  condition. In the event  that
the  Ministry were to order the Company  to permanently cease solution mining of
all or a material  portion of its  existing brine fields  (an outcome which  the
Company  believes is unlikely), there could be  a material adverse effect on the
operations of  the Amherstburg  plant until  such substitute  brine fields  were
brought into full production.
 
     Pending  Proceedings. At any time, the  Company potentially may be involved
in a  number of  proceedings  with various  regulatory authorities  which  could
require the Company to pay various fines and penalties relating to violations of
environmental  laws and regulations at its  sites, to remediate contamination at
some of these sites, to comply with applicable standards or other  requirements,
or  to incur  capital expenditures  to add  or change  certain pollution control
equipment or processes at its sites. Again, although the amount of any liability
that could arise with respect to  these matters cannot be accurately  predicted,
it  is the opinion of  management that the ultimate  resolution of these matters
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
will have no material  adverse effect on the  Company's operations or  financial
condition.  The  following  information  addresses those  matters  of  which the
Company is presently aware.
 
     Following a period of voluntary testing and investigation performed by  the
Company  at its Marrero, Louisiana, aluminum sulfate manufacturing facility, the
Company executed  a  Cooperative  Agreement with  the  Louisiana  Department  of
Environmental  Quality-Inactive  and  Abandoned Sites  Division  ('DEQ-IASD') on
October 20,  1995.  This  agreement  formalizes  the  Company's  willingness  to
voluntarily  remediate  certain  contamination at  the  facility  which occurred
during the tenure of  a former owner. The  Company estimates that the  potential
cost to remediate such contamination will be less than $1.5 million payable over
the  next  several  years  and  has provided  for  the  estimated  cost  of such
remediation plan in its accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
     By letter dated March 22, 1990 from the EPA, the Company received a  Notice
of  Potential Liability pursuant to  Section 107(a) of CERCLA  with respect to a
site located in Front Royal, Virginia (the  'Avtex Site'), owned at the time  by
Avtex  Fibers,  Inc., which  has  filed for  bankruptcy.  A sulfuric  acid plant
adjacent to the main Avtex Site was previously owned and operated by the Company
(the 'acid  plant').  The letter  requested  that the  Company  perform  certain
activities  at  the acid  plant  including providing  site  security, preventing
discharges, removing  certain  specific residue  and  sludges from  two  storage
vessels  and the transfer  line to the  main Avtex facility  and determining the
extent of  contamination  at  the site,  if  any.  In April  1991,  the  Company
submitted a draft work plan with respect to the acid plant including each of the
activities  requested by the  EPA discussed above. The  Company has provided for
the estimated costs  of $1.6  million for these  activities in  its accrual  for
environmental  liabilities. The EPA has not yet responded to this work plan, nor
has it requested  that an initial  investigation and feasibility  study for  the
acid  plant be performed.  As a result,  the extent of  remediation required, if
any, is  unknown. The  Company believes  that  the acid  plant is  separate  and
divisible  from the  main Avtex  Site and, as  a result,  is not  subject to any
liability for costs  related thereto.  The Company will  continue to  vigorously
assert  this position with the  EPA. There has been  very limited contact by the
EPA with  the Company  since 1993,  as it  appears that  the EPA  is focused  on
remediation activities at the main Avtex Site.
 
EMPLOYEES/LABOR RELATIONS
 
     As  of December 31, 1995, the Company had 2,294 employees, 863 of whom were
full-time salaried  employees, 1,268  were  full-time hourly  employees  covered
under  25 different  union contracts  and 163  were hourly  employees working in
nonunion facilities.
 
     The Company's 25 union contracts have durations which vary from two to four
years. Since 1986, the Company has been involved in 91 labor negotiations,  only
five  of  which have  resulted in  work  disruptions. During  these disruptions,
management has operated the plants  and supplied customers without  interruption
until  the labor disruptions were settled and new contracts were agreed upon. In
this respect, eight contracts, including the contracts covering employees at the
Green River and Amherstburg facilities, will be up for renewal during 1996.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     In conducting its operations, the  Company uses properties having  offices,
storage  facilities or manufacturing  facilities at 84  locations throughout the
United States, Canada and the Philippines. Thirty-three of these properties  are
leased  while the remainder are owned by  the Company. The leased properties are
occupied under rental agreements having terms ranging up to six years and  under
month-to-month  tenancies. The Company's headquarters is located in Hampton, New
Hampshire.
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
The locations  and  uses of  certain  major properties  of  the Company  are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          LOCATION                             USE
<S>                                          <C>                                 <C>
United States                                *Pittsburg, California              Manufacturing Facility
                                             *Richmond, California               Manufacturing Facility
                                             *North Claymont, Delaware           Manufacturing Facility Offices
                                                                                   and Warehouse
                                             *East St. Louis, Illinois           Manufacturing Facility
                                             **Hampton, New Hampshire            Offices
                                             **Parsippany, New Jersey            Offices
                                             Solvay, New York                    Manufacturing Facility
                                             Weaverville, North Carolina         Manufacturing Facility, Offices
                                                                                   and Warehouse
                                             Toledo, Ohio                        Manufacturing Facility, Offices
                                                                                   and Warehouse
                                             *Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania          Manufacturing Facility, Offices
                                                                                   and Warehouse
                                             *Anacortes, Washington              Manufacturing Facility
                                             Racine, Wisconsin                   Manufacturing Facility and
                                                                                   Offices
                                             Green River, Wyoming                Trona Mine and Manufacturing
                                                                                   Facility
Canada                                       Amherstburg, Ontario                Manufacturing Facility and
                                                                                   Undeveloped Lots
                                             **Mississauga, Ontario              Offices
                                             Valleyfield, Quebec                 Manufacturing Facility
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
 * Each  of the indicated has  been pledged as security  by General Chemical for
   the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and Bank Term Loan.
 
** Leased.
 
     The Company's  Green River  plant  currently has  a nameplate  capacity  of
approximately  2.4 million  tons of  soda ash  per year.  The plant  is owned by
GCSAP, a partnership of  which General Chemical is  the managing partner and  in
which  General Chemical  has a  51 percent  equity interest,  the Andover Group,
Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of ACI International Limited, has a  25
percent  equity  interest  and TOSOH  Wyoming,  Inc.,  which is  a  wholly owned
subsidiary of  TOSOH America,  Inc.,  has a  24  percent equity  interest.  Each
partner  is prohibited  from transferring its  interest in  GCSAP or withdrawing
from GCSAP without the prior written consent of the other partners.
 
     In addition to  such restrictions on  the transfer of  interests in  GCSAP,
there  are certain restrictions and obligations  with respect to the transfer of
either General Chemical's interest in GCSAP or the voting securities of  General
Chemical.  For  further information,  see Note  5 of  Notes to  the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
     Reserves. The Company mines trona ore  under leases with the United  States
government,  the State of Wyoming, and  the Union Pacific Resources Corporation.
The Company's trona reserves and mines are located in the Green River,  Wyoming,
area.  In the Green  River basin, the  Green River formation  was deposited in a
lake that began in  the early Eocene geologic  period (approximately 35  million
years  ago) as a  large body of fresh  water, shrank in  size and became saline,
expanded, and then became fresh water again. In general, the sediments deposited
during the saline  phase of this  lake, which included  the trona deposits,  are
called  the Wilkins  Peak Member, and  the overlying and  underlying fresh water
deposits  are  called  the   Laney  Shale  Member   and  Tipton  Shale   Member,
respectively.
 
     The  Wilkins Peak Member contains  at least 42 beds of  trona in an area of
about 1,300 square miles, at depths ranging  from about 400 feet to 3,500  feet.
The  major beds,  those that  are known  to exceed  4 feet  in thickness  and to
underlie at least 100  square miles, are numbered  1 through 25, beginning  with
the  bottommost beds. One bed, No. 17, is currently being mined at the Company's
Green River facility at  a depth of  about 1,600 feet.  The underground mine  is
accessible by one
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
service  and personnel shaft, one production shaft and three ventilation shafts.
The  trona  deposits  are  mined  through  continuous  mining  and  bore  mining
techniques which use machines to rip the ore from the seam. Both methods use the
room and pillar technique mine plan.
 
     Surface  operations include facilities for crushing, calcining, dissolving,
classifying, clarifying,  crystallizing, drying  (conversion of  monohydrate  to
anhydrate), storing and loading.
 
     The  Company's  estimated  proven reserves  within  bed No.  17,  which the
Company is  currently  mining, consist  of  approximately 107  million  tons  of
extractable  ore. At the 1995 operating rate of 2.2 million tons of soda ash per
year (4.1 million tons of trona  ore), there is approximately a 26-year  supply.
For  the three  years ended  December 31, 1995,  annual production  of trona ore
averaged approximately 3.8  million tons.  In addition,  the Company's  reserves
contain  three  other  major  minable trona  beds  containing  approximately 328
million tons  of extractable  ore.  These beds,  which may  require  significant
capital  to access, will provide  more than 80 years  of added reserves based on
current operating rates.
 
     At the Company's synthetic soda ash plant in Amherstburg, Ontario,  Canada,
the  Company uses  salt and  limestone as  its raw  materials. Based  on current
production levels  the Company  has  approximately 34  years of  salt  reserves.
Limestone  reserves owned by  the Company total approximately  15 years, with an
option on  an additional  six years  of reserves.  However, the  Company is  not
currently  utilizing its limestone reserves and is instead purchasing all of its
limestone requirements  under  a  long-term  contract  with  a  major  limestone
producer due to the economic benefit of using purchased limestone.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     General.   In addition to the Richmond Works, July 26, 1993 incident, which
is  discussed   below,  the   Company  is   involved  in   claims,   litigation,
administrative  proceedings  and  investigations  of  various  types  in several
jurisdictions. Although  the amount  of  any liability  which could  arise  with
respect  to  these  actions  cannot  be  accurately  predicted,  the  opinion of
management based upon currently available information is that any such liability
not covered by insurance will have no material adverse effect on the Company.
 
     Richmond Works July 26, 1993 Incident.  On July 26, 1993, a pressure relief
device on a railroad tank  car containing oleum that  was being unloaded at  the
Company's Richmond, California, facility, ruptured during the unloading process,
causing  the release of  a significant amount  of sulfur trioxide. Approximately
150 lawsuits  seeking substantial  amounts  of damages  were filed  against  the
Company  on behalf of  in excess of  60,000 claimants in  municipal and superior
courts of California (Contra  Costa and San Francisco  counties) and in  federal
court  (United States District  Court for the  Northern District of California).
All state court  cases were  coordinated before  a coordination  trial judge  in
Contra  Costa County Superior  Court (In Re  GCC Richmond Works  Cases, JCCP No.
2906). The court, among other things, appointed plaintiffs' liaison counsel  and
a  plaintiffs' management committee.  The federal court  cases were stayed until
completion of the state court cases.
 
     After several months of negotiation  under the supervision of a  settlement
master,   the   Company  and   plaintiffs'   management  committee   executed  a
comprehensive settlement agreement which resolved the claims of approximately 95
percent of the claimants  who filed lawsuits  arising out of  the July 26,  1993
incident,  including the federal court cases.  After a final settlement approval
hearing  on  October  27,  1995,  the  coordination  trial  judge  approved  the
settlement on November 22, 1995.
 
     Pursuant  to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company, with funds
to be provided by its insurers pursuant  to the terms of the insurance  policies
described  below, has  agreed to  make available  a maximum  of $180  million to
implement the settlement.  Various 'funds'  and 'pools' are  established by  the
settlement  agreement to compensate  claimants in different  subclasses who meet
certain requirements.  Of  this  amount,  $24 million  has  been  allocated  for
punitive  damages,  notwithstanding the  Company's  strong belief  that punitive
damages are not warranted. The settlement also makes available a maximum of  $23
million  of this $180 million for the payment of legal fees and litigation costs
to plaintiffs' class counsel and the plaintiffs' management committee.
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The settlement agreement provides, among other things, that while claimants
may 'opt out' of the compensatory  damages portion of the settlement and  pursue
their  own cases  separate and apart  from the class  settlement mechanism, they
have no right  to opt out  of the  punitive damages portion  of the  settlement.
Consequently,  under the  terms of  the settlement,  no party  may seek punitive
damages from  the Company  outside  of those  provided  by the  settlement.  The
deadline  for claimants electing to opt  out of the compensatory damages portion
of the settlement  was October 5,  1995, and fewer  than 3,000 claimants,  which
constitutes  less than 5 percent of the  total number of claimants, have elected
to so opt out. The various settlement pools and funds will be reduced to  create
a  reserve to fund the  Company's defense and/or settlement  (if any) of opt-out
claims. Except with respect to compensatory damage claims by claimants  electing
to  opt out, the  settlement fully releases  from all claims  arising out of the
July  26,  1993  incident  the  Company   and  all  of  its  related   entities,
shareholders, directors, officers and employees, and all other entities who have
been  or  could have  been  sued as  a  result of  the  July 26,  1993 incident,
including all those who have sought or could seek indemnity from the Company.
 
     Under the terms of the settlement agreement, settling claimants may receive
payment of their claims prior to the resolution of any appeal of the  settlement
upon  providing,  among  other  things,  a  signed  release  document containing
language which fully releases  the Company from any  further claims, either  for
compensatory  or punitive  damages, arising out  of the July  26, 1993 incident.
Plaintiffs' liaison counsel are currently undertaking to obtain signed  releases
from  the approximately 95 percent of  claimants who have elected to participate
in the settlement, and  as of April  15, 1996 the  Company had already  received
releases from approximately 85 percent of the settling claimants. Final payments
to  the plaintiffs' management  committee on behalf  of these settling claimants
have been  made  with  funds  provided principally  by  the  Company's  insurers
pursuant  to the  terms of  the insurance  policies described  below and further
payments will be made as additional releases are received and reviewed.
 
     Notices of appeal  of all  or portions of  the settlement  approved by  the
court  have  been  filed  by five  law  firms  representing  approximately 2,750
claimants, with 2,700 of these claimants represented by the same law firm. These
claimants have not  specified the  amount of  their claims  in court  documents,
although  the Company believes  that their alleged injuries  are no different in
nature or extent than those alleged  by the settling claimants. Based on  papers
filed  by the appellants in the California Court of Appeals, the primary grounds
for appeal are expected to be that  the settlement is not 'fair, reasonable  and
adequate' under California law, that the trial court erred in certifying a class
action  for purposes of settlement and in certifying a mandatory punitive damage
class, that the trial court awarded excessive attorneys' fees to the plaintiffs'
management committee  and  plaintiffs'  class  counsel,  that  the  trial  court
exceeded  its authority  in reducing  contingent fees  payable to  attorneys for
representing individual claimants, and that the trial court erroneously  applied
a  state statute  that governs unclaimed  residuals remaining  from class action
settlements. If the settlement  is upheld on appeal,  the Company believes  that
any  further  liability  in  excess  of the  amounts  made  available  under the
settlement agreement  (such  as for  opt-outs)  will not  exceed  the  available
insurance  coverage,  if at  all, by  an amount  that could  be material  to its
financial condition or results of operations.
 
     The settlement also includes terms  and conditions designed to protect  the
Company  in the event that the settlement as approved by the court is overturned
or modified on appeal. If such  an overturn or modification occurs, the  Company
has  the  right  to terminate  the  settlement  and make  no  further settlement
payments,  and  any  then  unexpended   portions  of  the  settlement   proceeds
(including,  without limitation, the $24 million  punitive damage fund) would be
available to address any expenses and liabilities that might arise from such  an
overturn or modification. In addition, as discussed above, in the event that the
settlement  as approved by  the court is  overturned or modified  on appeal, the
release document  signed by  settling claimants  contains language  which  fully
releases  the  Company  from  any further  claims,  either  for  compensatory or
punitive damages,  arising  out of  the  July  26, 1993  incident.  The  Company
believes  that it will have  obtained releases from a  majority of the remaining
settling claimants  prior to  any such  appeal being  ruled on  by an  appellate
court.
 
     While  there can  be no assurances  regarding how an  appellate court might
rule, the Company believes that the settlement will be upheld on appeal. In  the
event of a reversal or modification of the
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
settlement  on appeal, with respect to  lawsuits by any then remaining claimants
(opt-outs and  settling claimants  who  have not  signed releases)  the  Company
believes that, whether or not it elects to terminate the settlement in the event
it is overturned or modified on appeal, it will have adequate resources from its
available  insurance coverage to vigorously  defend these lawsuits through their
ultimate conclusion, whether by trial or  settlement. However, in the event  the
settlement  is overturned or modified on appeal,  there can be no assurance that
the Company's ultimate liability resulting from the July 26, 1993 incident would
not exceed the available insurance coverage by an amount which could be material
to its financial condition or results of operations, nor is the Company able  to
estimate or predict a range of what such ultimate liability might be, if any.
 
     The  Company has insurance coverage relating  to the July 26, 1993 incident
which totals $200 million.  The first two layers  of coverage total $25  million
with a sublimit of $12 million applicable to the July 26, 1993 incident, and the
Company  also has excess insurance  policies of $175 million  over the first two
layers. In 1993, the Company reached an agreement with the carrier for the first
two layers whereby the carrier paid the Company $16 million in settlement of all
claims the Company had against that carrier.  In the third quarter of 1994,  the
Company  recorded a $9 million charge to earnings which represents the Company's
estimated minimum liability (net of  the insurance settlement already  received)
for  costs which the Company believes it  will incur related to this matter. The
Company's excess  insurance policies,  which are  written by  two  Bermuda-based
insurers,  provide coverage for  compensatory as well  as punitive damages. Both
insurers have executed agreements with  the Company confirming their  respective
commitments  to fund the settlement as required by their insurance policies with
the Company and  as described in  the settlement agreement.  In addition,  these
same  insurers currently  continue to  provide substantially  the same insurance
coverage to the Company.
 
     Milwaukee, Wisconsin  Proceedings.   On  April 29,  1996, the  Company  was
served  with a  complaint in  the Circuit  Court of  Milwaukee County,  State of
Wisconsin, captioned Winiarski vs. Peck Foods, et. al., (No. 96CV602593) by  the
representatives  of twenty-six  plaintiffs naming  several defendants, including
Peck Foods Corporation, Sara Lee Corporation,  E.D. Wesley Company, the City  of
Milwaukee  and  the  Company in  connection  with  the March,  1993  outbreak of
cryptosporidia bacteria in  the public water  supply in the  City of  Milwaukee,
which  the  complaint  alleges  caused  the  death  of  the  plaintiffs. Several
insurance companies have  also been named  in the complaint  as defendants.  The
complaint  alleges, among other  things, that certain  defendants other than the
Company illegally  disposed of  waste into  the water  supply which  caused  the
outbreak  and that the  City of Milwaukee  failed to properly  operate its water
treatment plant  in  a  manner  that would  have  prevented  the  outbreak.  The
principal  allegations against the  Company are that  a water treatment chemical
sold to the City of  Milwaukee by the Company  should have removed the  bacteria
and  failed to  do so and  that the  Company consulted with  the City concerning
water purification. The plaintiffs allege damages in excess of $1.0 million  for
personal  injury, economic loss, emotional distress, pain and suffering, medical
expenses and punitive  damages. No discovery  has been undertaken  to date  with
respect  to the matter. The Company believes that it has substantial defenses to
the complaint  and intends  to  vigorously defend  itself  in this  matter.  The
Company further believes that its available insurance provides adequate coverage
in  the event of an adverse result in this matter, and that this matter will not
have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations.
 
                                       46


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
     The  following table  sets forth the  names and positions  of the executive
officers and directors of the Company or General Chemical as of the date of this
Prospectus. All directors  will be elected  each year at  the annual meeting  of
stockholders.  Additional information with respect to those persons who serve as
executive officers and directors is set forth below:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                      AGE                              POSITION
<S>                                          <C>   <C>
Paul M. Montrone..........................   55    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Richard R. Russell........................   53    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Ralph M. Passino..........................   45    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
DeLyle W. Bloomquist*.....................   37    Vice President and General Manager -- Industrial Chemicals
Bodo B. Klink*............................   58    Vice President of Marketing
James N. Tanis*...........................   51    Vice President and General Manager -- Derivative Products and
                                                     Services
Edward J. Waite, III*.....................   48    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
James A. Wilkinson*.......................   55    Vice President of Manufacturing
Paul M. Meister...........................   43    Director
</TABLE>

 
- ------------------------------
 
* Executive Officers of General Chemical.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of a  voting trust to which the Current  Stockholders
have  contributed all of their shares of  Class B Common Stock, Mr. Montrone, as
sole voting trustee, is obligated to nominate and vote for himself for  election
as  one of the Company's directors. Following consummation of the Offerings, Mr.
Montrone, as trustee of the voting trust, will control 100 percent of the voting
power of the outstanding Class B Common Stock, which will represent 95.2 percent
of the combined voting power of the outstanding Common Stock and Class B  Common
Stock (assuming no exercise of the Over-allotment Option).
 
     Paul  M. Montrone, Chairman of the Board  of Directors, has been a director
since 1988 and was President  of the Company from 1987  to 1994. Since 1991,  he
has   been  President   and  Chief   Executive  Officer   of  Fisher  Scientific
International Inc. ('Fisher'),  a provider of  instruments, equipment and  other
products    to   the   scientific   community.   Mr.   Montrone   was   Managing
Director-President of The Henley Group, Inc. ('Henley') and its predecessors and
an executive officer of certain  of its affiliates from  prior to 1991 to  1992.
Mr.  Montrone was  Vice Chairman  of the Board  of Abex  from 1992  to 1995. Mr.
Montrone is also a director of Wheelabrator Technologies, Inc. and Fisher.
 
     Richard R. Russell, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of  the
Company,  has held such positions since 1994.  Mr. Russell is also the President
and Chief Executive Officer and a director of General Chemical, positions he has
held since 1986. Until 1990, Mr. Russell was also a Managing Director of  Henley
and  its predecessors, a position  he had held since  Henley was formed in early
1986.
 
     Ralph M.  Passino,  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the
Company, has held such positions since 1994. Mr. Passino is also Chief Financial
Officer  and Vice President of Administration  of General Chemical, positions he
has held since 1986, and a director of General Chemical, a position he has  held
since 1994.
 
     DeLyle  W.  Bloomquist, Vice  President and  General Manager  -- Industrial
Chemicals of General Chemical, has held  such position since 1996. Between  1995
and  1996,  Mr. Bloomquist  had  been the  Director  of the  Company's Corporate
Distribution Department.  Between  1993  and  1995,  Mr.  Bloomquist  served  as
Controller  -- Industrial Chemicals.  Between 1991 and  1993, Mr. Bloomquist had
been the Manager of Services at the Company's Green River Soda Ash operations.
 
     Bodo B. Klink, Vice  President of Marketing of  General Chemical, has  held
such  position since  1993. Between  1991 and 1993,  Mr. Klink  had been General
Manager --  Water  Chemicals.  Earlier  in  1991,  Mr.  Klink  was  the  General
Manager  --  Electronic Chemicals.  Between  1987 and  1991,  Mr. Klink  was the
Company's Director of International Operations.
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     James N. Tanis, Vice President  and General Manager -- Derivative  Products
and Services of General Chemical, has held such position since 1987.
 
     Edward  J. Waite,  III, Vice  President, General  Counsel and  Secretary of
General Chemical, has held such position since 1989.
 
     James A. Wilkinson,  Vice President of  Manufacturing of General  Chemical,
has held such position since 1986.
 
     Paul M. Meister has been a Director since 1996. Mr. Meister has been Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fisher since 1991. Mr. Meister was
Managing  Director of Henley and its predecessors from prior to 1991 to 1992 and
was a Senior Vice President of Abex, Inc. from 1992 to 1995. Mr. Meister is also
a director of Power Control Technologies, Inc.
 
     After the consummation of  the Offerings, the Company  intends to seek  the
election of at least two directors who are neither officers nor employees of the
Company.
 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES
 
     The  business of  the Company  will be managed  under the  direction of the
Company's Board of Directors.
 
     In conjunction with the  Offerings, the Company's  Board of Directors  will
establish an Audit Committee (the 'Audit Committee') to recommend the firm to be
appointed  as  independent  accountants  to audit  financial  statements  and to
perform services related to the audit, review the scope and results of the audit
with the independent  accountants, review  with management  and the  independent
accountants  the Company's year-end operating results, and consider the adequacy
of the internal accounting procedures. The  Audit Committee will consist of  two
directors who are neither officers nor employees of the Company.
 
     The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  will  also  establish  a Compensation
Committee  (the   'Compensation  Committee'),   a  Nominating   Committee   (the
'Nominating  Committee') and an Executive Committee (the 'Executive Committee').
The Compensation Committee, which will consist of at least two directors who are
outside, disinterested  directors, will  review and  recommend the  compensation
arrangements for all directors and officers, approve such arrangements for other
senior  level employees  and administer  and take  such other  action as  may be
required in  connection with  certain compensation  and incentive  plans of  the
Company  and its subsidiaries.  The Nominating Committee,  which will consist of
Messrs. Montrone and Meister, will nominate  persons for election to the  Board.
The  Nominating Committee will consider  nominees recommended by stockholders in
accordance with the  procedure contained in  the Company's By-laws.  Stockholder
recommendations  may be  sent to  the Nominating  Committee, c/o  Secretary, The
General Chemical Group  Inc., Liberty  Lane, Hampton, New  Hampshire 03842.  Mr.
Montrone  will  be  the  Chairman of  the  Nominating  Committee.  The Executive
Committee, which will  consist of  Messrs. Montrone, Meister  and Russell,  will
address significant corporate, operating and management matters between meetings
of the full Board.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
     The  non-employee directors of the Company  will be entitled, following the
Offerings, to receive cash compensation  and compensation pursuant to the  plans
described below.
 
     Cash  Compensation.  Non-employee  directors of  the  Company  will receive
compensation of $40,000 per year, with no additional fees for attendance at  the
Company's  Board of Directors or committee meetings. Employee directors will not
be paid  any fees  or additional  compensation  for service  as members  of  the
Company's  Board of Directors  or any of  its committees. All  directors will be
reimbursed for expenses incurred for attending the Company's Board of  Directors
and committee meetings.
 
     Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors.  Prior  to  the
Offerings,  the  Company   will  adopt  the   Deferred  Compensation  Plan   for
Non-Employee  Directors, pursuant  to which  a non-employee  director may elect,
generally  prior  to  the  commencement  of  any  calendar  year,  to  have  all
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
or  any portion of  the director's compensation  for such calendar  year and for
succeeding calendar years credited to  a deferred compensation account.  Amounts
credited  to the director's account will  accrue interest based upon the average
quoted rate for ten-year U.S. Treasury Notes. Deferred amounts will be paid in a
lump sum or in installments in the director's discretion commencing on the first
business day  of the  calendar year  following the  year in  which the  director
ceases  to serve on the Company's Board of Directors or of a later calendar year
specified by the director.
 
     Retirement Plan for  Non-Employee Directors.  Prior to  the Offerings,  the
Company  will adopt the Retirement Plan  for Non-Employee Directors, pursuant to
which any director  who retires from  the Company's Board  of Directors with  at
least  five years of service as a  non-employee director will be eligible for an
annual retirement  benefit for  the remainder  of the  director's lifetime.  The
annual  retirement benefit is equal to 50  percent of the director fee in effect
at the date of the  director's retirement for a  director who retires with  five
years  of eligible service and is increased by 10 percent of the director fee in
effect at the  date of  the director's retirement  for each  additional year  of
service,  up to 100  percent of such  fee for 10  or more years  of service as a
non-employee director or for directors who  retire after age 70. Payment of  the
retirement  benefits  to  any  director  will commence  upon  the  later  of the
director's retirement from the Company's Board of Directors or the attainment of
age 60.  Retirement benefits  may  be suspended  or  terminated if  the  retired
director  refuses to render  consultative services and advice  to the Company or
engages in activity which competes with the Company's business.
 
     Restricted Unit Plan  for Non-Employee Directors.  Prior to the  Offerings,
the Company will adopt the Restricted Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Each
non-employee  director of  the Company  as of  the date  of the  Offerings, will
receive a one-time grant  of 5,000 restricted  units ('Restricted Units')  under
the  Restricted  Unit  Plan for  Non-employee  Directors evidencing  a  right to
receive  shares  of  Common  Stock,   subject  to  certain  restrictions.   Each
non-employee  director of the Company who becomes a director after the Offerings
will, upon becoming  a director, receive  a one-time grant  of 5,000  Restricted
Units.  The Company  will maintain  a memorandum  account for  each director who
receives a grant of Restricted  Units and credit to  such account the amount  of
any  cash dividends  and shares  of stock of  any subsidiary  distributed on the
shares of  Common  Stock  ('Dividend Equivalents')  underlying  such  director's
Restricted  Units from the date of grant until the payment date described below.
No shares of Common Stock  will be issued at the  time the Restricted Units  are
granted,  and the Company will not be required  to set aside a fund for any such
grant or for amounts credited to the memorandum account. Neither the  Restricted
Units  nor the  memorandum account may  be sold, assigned,  pledged or otherwise
disposed of.  Twenty-five  percent  of  the Restricted  Units  and  the  related
Dividend  Equivalents  will vest  for  each year  of  service as  a non-employee
director of  the  Company. Vested  Restricted  Units and  the  related  Dividend
Equivalents  will not be payable until the director ceases to be a member of the
Company's Board of Directors. At that  time the director will receive one  share
of  Common Stock for each  vested Restricted Unit, provided  that a director may
elect, prior  to  the date  on  which Restricted  Units  vest, to  have  payment
deferred  to a later date. Any Restricted Units and related Dividend Equivalents
that have  not vested  at the  time the  director ceases  to be  a  non-employee
director  of Company will be cancelled  unless service has terminated because of
death or  disability, in  which  event all  such  Restricted Units  and  related
Dividend  Equivalents will vest immediately. When payment of Restricted Units is
made, the directors will also receive  cash and securities equal to the  related
Dividend  Equivalents, together with interest on the cash based upon the average
quoted rate for ten-year U.S. Treasury Notes. In the event of a stock  dividend,
stock  split, recapitalization, merger, liquidation or similar event, the Board,
in its sole discretion, may make equitable adjustments in outstanding awards and
the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the plan.
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The following table summarizes the compensation paid to the Chief Executive
Officer and the  four other most  highly compensated executive  officers or  key
employees  (the 'Named Executives') with respect  to the fiscal years 1993, 1994
and 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                   ----------------------------------
                                                                                         OTHER ANNUAL     ALL OTHER
                                                                   SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION    COMPENSATION
              NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                  YEAR      ($)        ($)        ($) (1)         ($) (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------   ----    -------    -------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                        <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>
Richard R. Russell .....................................   1995    350,000    400,000       300,000         39,000
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director          1994    350,000    300,000       225,000         39,000
                                                           1993    350,000    475,000       655,000         50,000
Ralph M. Passino .......................................   1995    235,000    210,000       150,000         23,000
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer               1994    220,000    155,000       115,000         23,000
                                                           1993    220,000    185,000       340,000         24,000
James N. Tanis .........................................   1995    235,000    185,000       150,000         23,000
  Vice President and General Manager -- Derivative         1994    220,000    160,000       115,000         23,000
  Products and Services of General Chemical                1993    220,000    195,000       340,000         24,000
James A. Wilkinson .....................................   1995    210,000    115,000       118,000         18,000
  Vice President, Manufacturing of General Chemical        1994    200,000     95,000        90,000         18,000
                                                           1993    200,000    125,000       260,000         21,000
Edward J. Waite, III ...................................   1995    190,000    120,000       118,000         17,000
  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of         1994    182,000     90,000        90,000         11,000
  General Chemical                                         1993    180,000    117,000       255,000         17,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Amounts shown  include dividend  awards made  pursuant to  the Prior  Equity
    Programs,  which vest  and are  payable over three  years. There  will be no
    further awards under these programs following the Offerings.
 
(2) Amounts listed in  this column  reflect the Company's  contributions to  the
    Company's Savings and Profit Sharing Plan and Supplemental Savings Plan.
 
RESTRICTED UNIT PLAN
 
     Prior  to  the Offerings,  the Company  will adopt  a Restricted  Unit Plan
authorizing the  issuance of  850,000  units (subject  to adjustment  for  stock
splits,  stock dividends  or other  similar events)  to participants thereunder.
Each unit represents  one share of  Common Stock,  which will be  issued to  the
participant upon vesting unless the participant elects to defer receipt thereof.
The  Restricted  Unit  Plan is  being  established generally  to  facilitate the
issuance of  units  to  approximately  70  key  employees  in  satisfaction  and
replacement  of  the rights  earned  beginning in  1989  under the  Prior Equity
Programs. Following  the  Offerings, no  employees  will have  any  rights  with
respect  to  the  Prior  Equity  Programs  (other  than  the  right  to  receive
distributions from amounts  previously credited  to the  dividend award  pools).
Generally,  units available for issuance under  the Restricted Unit Plan will be
issued to the participants upon completion of the Offerings.
 
     All units issued pursuant to the Restricted Unit Plan will be issued at  no
cost  to the recipient. All  awards are subject to  a five-year vesting schedule
such that 10 percent of the award vests  six months after the date of grant  and
an  additional 10 percent  vests on each  of the first  and second anniversaries
thereof, 20 percent  on the third  anniversary, and  25 percent on  each of  the
fourth  and fifth anniversaries. Units under the Restricted Unit Plan may not be
sold, transferred or otherwise encumbered or  disposed of prior to vesting.  The
Restricted  Unit Plan  will be administered  by the  Compensation Committee. The
Committee may at  any time  waive such restrictions  or accelerate  the date  or
dates  on which such restrictions lapse.  If a participant terminates employment
for any reason prior to the vesting  of such units, such unvested portion  shall
automatically  be forfeited  back to the  Company and will  become available for
reissuance under the Restricted Unit Plan. Prior to the issuance of shares under
the Restricted Unit Plan, unit holders will not have any rights of a stockholder
with respect to  shares issuable  under the  Restricted Unit  Plan (except  that
dividends  otherwise  payable  with respect  to  shares issuable  in  respect of
outstanding units will accrue to the benefit of the participant and will be paid
to the participant at the time of  receipt of such shares). The Restricted  Unit
Plan  provides that  in the event  of a 'Change  of Control' (as  defined in the
Restricted Unit Plan) of the Company, all units will automatically vest.
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

     Upon completion  of  the Offerings,  executive  officers as  a  group  will
receive  400,274 shares under the Restricted  Unit Plan and the Named Executives
will receive shares as follows: Mr.  Russell: 114,364, Mr. Passino: 57,182,  Mr.
Tanis:  57,182, Mr. Wilkinson: 44,475, and Mr. Waite: 44,475. In connection with
the Offerings, the Company  will record an after-tax  charge of $6.3 million  in
the  fiscal quarter in which the Offerings are completed, reflecting the accrual
of amounts earned under the Prior Equity Programs. See 'Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Seasonality and
Quarterly Financial Data.'

 
1996 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     Prior  to the Offerings, the  Company will adopt the  1996 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan  (the '1996  Stock Plan')  to  provide for  the grant  of  awards
covering  a maximum  of 2,200,000  shares of Common  Stock. The  1996 Stock Plan
authorizes (i) the grant of  stock options, (ii) the  grant of shares of  Common
Stock   with  or  without  conditions  and  restrictions;  (iii)  the  grant  of
performance share awards  entitling the  recipient to receive  shares of  Common
Stock  upon the  achievement of performance  goals; and  (iv) stock appreciation
rights ('rights') accompanying options or granted separately. An award under the
1996 Stock Plan, other than an award  of restricted shares of Common Stock,  may
provide  for the  crediting to the  account of,  or the current  payment to, the
holder thereof of Dividend Equivalents.
 
     In connection  with the  Offerings, the  Company intends  to grant  options
under  the 1996 Stock  Plan to purchase 400,000,  50,000, 50,000, 20,000, 20,000
and 580,000 shares to Messrs. Russell,  Passino, Tanis, Wilkinson and Waite  and
all  executive  officers  as a  group,  respectively. In  addition,  the Company
intends to grant  to Mr. Meister  options to purchase  400,000 shares of  Common
Stock.  All such options will  have an exercise price equal  to the price to the
public in  the Offerings.  The options  to  be granted  to Messrs.  Russell  and
Meister  will vest over a series of three-year periods commencing on the date of
the achievement of  the following  thresholds: for  the first  one-third of  the
option  shares, vesting will  begin when and  if the market  price of the Common
Stock reaches $37 per share; for  the second one-third, vesting will begin  when
and  if such market  price reaches $46  per share; and  for the final one-third,
vesting will begin when and if such  market price reaches $56 per share. In  any
event,  all of Mr. Russell's and Mr. Meister's  options will vest in full on the
tenth anniversary of the  grant date. All other  options for executive  officers
will  vest 30 percent, 30 percent and 40  percent on the first, second and third
anniversaries, respectively, of the grant date.
 
     The following is a summary of certain features of the 1996 Stock Plan:
 
     Plan Administration; Eligibility.  The 1996 Stock  Plan is administered  by
the  Compensation Committee. All  members of the  Compensation Committee must be
'disinterested persons' as that term is  defined under the rules promulgated  by
the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
     The  Compensation  Committee  has  full power  to  select,  from  among the
employees eligible for awards, the individuals  to whom awards will be  granted,
to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific
terms  of each award, subject to the  provisions of the 1996 Stock Plan. Persons
eligible to participate in the 1996 Stock Plan will be those officers, directors
and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and other key persons who  are
responsible  for or contribute to the management, growth or profitability of the
Company and its subsidiaries, as selected from time to time by the  Compensation
Committee.
 
     Stock  Options. The 1996 Stock Plan permits  the granting of (i) options to
purchase Common Stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options ('Incentive
Options') under Section 422 of the Code, and (ii) options that do not so qualify
('Non-Qualified Options').  The option  exercise price  of each  option will  be
determined by the Compensation Committee but may not be less than 100 percent of
the  fair  market value  of the  shares  on the  date of  grant  in the  case of
Incentive Options and 50 percent in the case of Non-Qualified Options. Employees
participating in  the  1996  Stock Plan  may  elect,  with the  consent  of  the
Compensation  Committee, to receive discounted  Non-Qualified Options in lieu of
cash bonuses.
 
     The term of each option will be fixed by the Compensation Committee and may
not exceed ten years from date of grant in the case of an Incentive Option.  The
Compensation Committee will
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
determine at what time or times each option may be exercised and, subject to the
provisions  of the  1996 Stock Plan,  the period  of time, if  any, after death,
disability or termination of employment  during which options may be  exercised.
Options  may  be made  exercisable in  installments,  and the  exercisability of
options may be accelerated by the Compensation Committee.
 
     Upon exercise of options,  the option exercise price  must be paid in  full
either  in cash or by certified or  bank check or other instrument acceptable to
the Compensation  Committee or,  if the  Compensation Committee  so permits,  by
delivery  of shares of Common Stock already  owned by the optionee. The exercise
price may also be delivered to the  Company by a broker pursuant to  irrevocable
instructions  to  the  broker  from  the  optionee.  At  the  discretion  of the
Compensation Committee,  stock options  granted under  the 1996  Stock Plan  may
include  a 're-load' feature pursuant to  which an optionee exercising an option
by the delivery  of shares  of Common Stock  would automatically  be granted  an
additional  stock option (with an exercise price  equal to the fair market value
of the Common  Stock on  the date  the additional  stock option  is granted)  to
purchase  that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number delivered to
exercise the original  stock option. The  purpose of this  feature is to  enable
participants to maintain their equity interest in the Company without dilution.
 
     To  qualify as Incentive Options, options  must meet additional Federal tax
requirements, including  limits on  the  value of  shares subject  to  Incentive
Options  which first become exercisable in any  one year, and a shorter term and
higher minimum exercise price in the case of certain large stockholders.
 
     Restricted Stock.  The Compensation  Committee  may also  award  restricted
shares  of  Common Stock  subject  to such  conditions  and restrictions  as the
Compensation Committee may  determine ('restricted stock').  The conditions  and
restrictions  applicable to a restricted stock award may include the achievement
of certain  performance  goals  and/or continued  employment  with  the  Company
through  a specified restricted period. At the time an award of restricted stock
is made, a  certificate for the  number of  shares of restricted  stock will  be
issued  in the name of  the employee with the payment  of such purchase price as
the Compensation Committee may  determine, but the certificate  will be held  in
custody  by the Company for  the employee's account. The  shares of Common Stock
evidenced by such certificate may  not be sold, transferred, otherwise  disposed
of   or  pledged  prior  to  satisfaction  or  lapsing  of  such  conditions  or
restrictions, as  the case  may  be. The  Compensation  Committee, in  its  sole
discretion,  will determine  whether cash  and stock  dividends with  respect to
restricted stock will  be paid  currently to the  employee or  withheld for  the
employee's  account and  whether and on  what terms dividends  withheld may bear
interest. Subject  to  the  foregoing  restrictions,  the  employee  will  have,
commencing  on the date of grant, all  rights and privileges of a stockholder as
to such shares of Common Stock.
 
     Awards  may  provide   for  the   incremental  lapse   or  termination   of
restrictions. The Compensation Committee may also, in its discretion, shorten or
terminate such restrictions or waive any conditions for the lapse or termination
of restrictions with respect to all or any of the restricted stock.
 
     Unless  the Compensation  Committee determines otherwise,  an employee will
forfeit all rights in unvested  restricted stock upon termination of  employment
for  any reason, prior to the expiration or termination of such restrictions and
the  satisfaction  of  any  other  conditions  prescribed  by  the  Compensation
Committee.
 
     Unrestricted Stock. The Compensation Committee may also grant shares (at no
cost or for a purchase price determined by the Compensation Committee) which are
free  from any  restrictions under the  1996 Stock  Plan ('Unrestricted Stock').
Unrestricted stock may be issued to employees in recognition of past services or
other valid consideration, and may be issued in lieu of cash bonuses to be  paid
to such employees.
 
     Subject  to the consent  of the Compensation Committee,  an employee or key
person of the Company may make an  irrevocable election to receive a portion  of
his  compensation in Unrestricted Stock (valued at fair market value on the date
the cash compensation would otherwise be paid).
 
     Subject to  the  consent  of the  Compensation  Committee,  a  non-employee
director  may, pursuant to  an irrevocable written election  at least six months
before directors' fees would otherwise be paid, receive all or a portion of such
fees in  Unrestricted  Stock,  valued at  fair  market  value on  the  date  the
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
directors'  fees would otherwise  be paid. In  certain instances, a non-employee
director may also elect to defer a portion of his directors' fees payable in the
form of Unrestricted Stock, in accordance with such rules and procedures as  may
from  time to time be established by the Company. During the period of deferral,
the deferred unrestricted stock would receive dividend equivalent rights.
 
     Performance  Share  Awards.  The  Compensation  Committee  may  also  grant
performance  share awards to employees entitling the recipient to receive shares
of Common Stock upon the achievement of individual or Company performance  goals
and  such  other  conditions  as  the  Compensation  Committee  shall  determine
('Performance Share Award'). Except as otherwise determined by the  Compensation
Committee,  rights under a Performance Share Award not yet earned will terminate
upon a participant's termination of employment.
 
     Stock Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee may also award  stock
appreciation rights separately ('freestanding rights') or in connection with any
option  granted  under the  1996  Stock Plan,  either at  the  time of  grant or
subsequently ('tandem rights'). Upon exercise (subject  in the case of a  tandem
right  to the surrender of the related  option or a portion thereof), the holder
will be  entitled to  receive cash,  shares  of Common  Stock or  a  combination
thereof,  in an amount equal to the excess  of the fair market value on the date
of exercise of  one share  of Common  Stock over  the exercise  price per  share
specified  in the related option  (or, in the case  of a freestanding right, the
price per share specified in such right) times the number of shares with respect
to which  the stock  appreciation right  is exercised.  When tandem  rights  are
exercised,  the option to which they relate  will cease to be exercisable to the
extent of the  number of  shares with  respect to  which the  tandem rights  and
limited  rights are  exercised, but  will be deemed  to have  been exercised for
purposes of determining the number of shares available for the grant of  further
awards under the 1996 Stock Plan.
 
     Nontransferability  of  Options  and  Rights;  Termination  of  Employment.
Options and stock  appreciation rights will  not be transferable  other than  by
will  or the laws  of descent and  distribution and may  be exercised during the
holder's lifetime  only by  the holder  or  by the  holder's guardian  or  legal
representative  (unless such exercise would disqualify an option as an incentive
stock option). Upon the  termination of employment of  an employee for cause  as
defined  in the 1996 Stock Plan, all options held by the employee under the 1996
Stock Plan, to the extent not theretofore exercised, will terminate. Unless  the
Compensation Committee shall otherwise provide at or after the time of grant, if
employment  is otherwise terminated, except by reason of death or disability, an
option (to the extent otherwise exercisable) may be exercised at any time within
three months after such termination. In the  case of the death or disability  of
an  employee while employed, any vested options may be exercised within a period
of one year after the employee's death or total disability. In either case,  the
option and right is subject to earlier expiration by its terms.
 
     Adjustments  for Stock Dividends, Mergers,  Etc. The Compensation Committee
will make  appropriate  adjustments  in  outstanding  awards  to  reflect  stock
dividends,  stock  splits  and  similar  events.  In  the  event  of  a  merger,
liquidation, sale of the Company  or similar event, the Compensation  Committee,
in  its discretion, may  provide for substitution  or adjustments of outstanding
options, or may  terminate all unexercised  options with or  without payment  of
cash consideration.
 
     Amendments and Termination. The Board of Directors may at any time amend or
discontinue  the 1996 Stock Plan and the  Compensation Committee may at any time
amend or cancel outstanding awards for the purpose of satisfying changes in  the
law  or for any other lawful purpose. However, no such action may be taken which
adversely affects  any  rights under  outstanding  awards without  the  holder's
consent.  Further, Plan amendments may be subject to stockholder approval to the
extent required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to ensure that awards are
exempt under  Rule 16b-3,  or required  by the  Code to  preserve the  qualified
status of Incentive Options.
 
     Change  of  Control  Provisions.  Under  the  1996  Stock  Plan,  upon  the
occurrence  of  a  Change  of  Control  Event,  outstanding  options  and  stock
appreciation  rights  become immediately  exercisable  in full,  and outstanding
restricted share and performance share awards vest in full. A Change of  Control
Event  is defined in the  1996 Stock Plan and includes  (i) any person or group,
with certain  exceptions,  acquiring  the  beneficial  ownership  of  securities
representing  more than  35 percent  of the voting  power of  the Company's then
outstanding voting securities having the right to elect directors, (ii) a change
in the composition of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company unless
the selection
 
                                       53
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
or nomination of each of the new members was approved by a majority of incumbent
members of  the Board  of Directors  of the  Company or  (iii) approval  by  the
Company's  stockholders of a  consolidation, a merger in  which the Company does
not survive, or the sale  of all or substantially  all of the Company's  assets.
Such provisions of the 1996 Stock Plan may have an anti-takeover effect.
 
  Federal Income Tax Consequences
 
     Set  forth below  is a description  of the Federal  income tax consequences
under the Code of the grant and  exercise of the various types of benefits  that
may be awarded under the 1996 Stock Plan.
 
     Incentive  Stock  Options. Under  the Code,  an  employee will  not realize
taxable income by reason of the grant or the exercise of an Incentive Option. If
an employee exercises  an Incentive Option  and does not  dispose of the  shares
until the later of (a) two years from the date the option was granted or (b) one
year from the date the shares were transferred to the employee, the entire gain,
if any, realized upon disposition of such shares will be taxable to the employee
as  long-term  capital  gain,  and  the Company  will  not  be  entitled  to any
deduction. If  an  employee disposes  of  the  shares within  such  one-year  or
two-year  period in a manner so as to violate the holding period requirements (a
'disqualifying disposition'),  the  employee  generally  will  realize  ordinary
income  in  the year  of disposition,  and, provided  the Company  complies with
applicable withholding requirements,  the Company will  receive a  corresponding
deduction, in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the lesser of (x) the amount,
if  any, realized on the disposition and (y) the fair market value of the shares
on the date the option was exercised  over (2) the option price. Any  subsequent
gain or loss realized on the disposition of the shares acquired upon exercise of
the  option  will  be  long-term  or short-term  capital  gain  or  capital loss
depending upon  the  holding  period  for such  shares.  The  employee  will  be
considered  to have disposed of his shares  if he sells, exchanges, makes a gift
of or transfers legal title  to the shares (except by  pledge or by transfer  on
death).  If  the  disposition  is  by  gift  and  violates  the  holding  period
requirements, the amount of  the employee's ordinary  income (and the  Company's
deduction)  is equal  to the  fair market  value of  the shares  on the  date of
exercise less the option price. If the  disposition is by sale or exchange,  the
employee's tax basis will equal the amount paid for the shares plus any ordinary
income  realized as a result of  the disqualifying distribution. The exercise of
an Incentive Option may subject the employee to the alternative minimum tax.
 
     An employee  who  surrenders shares  of  Common  Stock in  payment  of  the
exercise  price  of  an  Incentive Option  generally  will  not,  under proposed
Treasury Regulations, recognize gain  or loss on his  surrender of such  shares.
The  surrender of shares of Common Stock previously acquired upon exercise of an
Incentive Option in payment  of the exercise price  of another Incentive  Option
is,  however, a 'disposition' of  such shares of Common  Stock. If the Incentive
Option holding period requirements described above have not been satisfied  with
respect to such shares of Common Stock, such disposition will be a disqualifying
disposition  that  may  cause  the  employee  to  recognize  ordinary  income as
discussed above.
 
     Under proposed  Treasury Regulations,  all of  the shares  of Common  Stock
received  by an  employee upon exercise  of an Incentive  Option by surrendering
shares of Common Stock  will be subject to  the Incentive Option holding  period
requirements.  Of those shares, a number of shares (the 'Exchange Shares') equal
to the number of shares  of Common Stock surrendered  by the employee will  have
the  same tax basis for capital gains purposes (increased by any ordinary income
recognized as  a result  of  any disqualifying  disposition of  the  surrendered
shares  if they were Incentive Option shares) and the same capital gains holding
period as the shares  surrendered. For purposes  of determining ordinary  income
upon  a subsequent disqualifying disposition of  the Exchange Shares, the amount
paid for such shares will  be deemed to be the  fair market value of the  shares
surrendered.  The balance of the shares received by the employee will have a tax
basis (and a deemed purchase price) of  zero and a capital gains holding  period
beginning  on the date of exercise. The  Incentive Option holding period for all
shares will be the same as if the option had been exercised for cash.
 
     An Incentive Option that is exercised by an employee more than three months
after an employee's  employment terminates  will be treated  as a  Non-Qualified
Option  for  Federal income  tax purposes.  In the  case of  an employee  who is
disabled, the three-month period is extended to  one year and in the case of  an
employee who dies, the three-month period does not apply.
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Non-Qualified  Options.  There are  no Federal  income tax  consequences to
either the optionee or the  Company on the grant  of a Non-Qualified Option.  On
the exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, the optionee (except as described below)
has  taxable ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the
Common Stock received on the exercise date over the option price of the  shares.
The   optionee's  tax  basis  for  the   shares  acquired  upon  exercise  of  a
Non-Qualified Option is  increased by  the amount  of such  taxable income.  The
Company will be entitled to a Federal income tax deduction in an amount equal to
such  excess, provided the  Company complies with  applicable withholding rules.
Upon the sale  of the  shares acquired by  exercise of  a Non-Qualified  Option,
optionees  will realize long-term  or short-term capital  gain or loss depending
upon their holding period for such shares.
 
     Section 83 of the Code and the regulations thereunder provide that the date
for reporting and determining the amount  of ordinary income (and the  Company's
equivalent  deduction)  upon  exercise of  a  Non-Qualified Option  and  for the
commencement of  the  holding  period  of the  shares  thereby  acquired  by  an
executive  officer or director subject to  Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (a 'Section 16(b) person,')  will be delayed until the date that  is
the  earlier of (i) six months after the date of the exercise and (ii) such time
as the shares received upon exercise could be sold at a gain without the  person
being subject to such potential liability.
 
     An  optionee  who  surrenders shares  of  Common  Stock in  payment  of the
exercise price of a Non-Qualified Option will not recognize gain or loss on  his
surrender of such shares. Such an optionee will recognize ordinary income on the
exercise  of the Non-Qualified Option as described above. Of the shares received
in such  an  exchange, the  number  of shares  equal  to the  number  of  shares
surrendered will have the same tax basis and capital gains holding period as the
shares  surrendered. The balance  of the shares  received will have  a tax basis
equal to their fair market value on the date of exercise, and the capital  gains
holding period will begin on the date of exercise.
 
     As  a  result of  new Section  162(m) of  the  Code, after  the end  of the
transition period in the  regulations for companies  that become publicly  held,
the  Company's deduction  for Non-Qualified Options  and other  awards under the
1996 Stock Plan may be  limited to the extent  that a 'covered employee'  (i.e.,
the  chief executive officer or one of the four highest compensated officers who
is employed on the last day of the Company's taxable year and whose compensation
is reported in the summary compensation table in the Company's proxy  statement)
receives  compensation  in excess  of  $1,000,000 in  such  taxable year  of the
Company (other than pursuant  to plans and arrangements  adopted by the  Company
prior  to the Offerings and  performance-based compensation that otherwise meets
the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code).
 
     Parachute Payments. The termination of restrictions on restricted stock  or
the  exercise of any portion  of any option or  stock appreciation right that is
accelerated due to  the occurrence  of a  Change of  Control Event  may cause  a
portion  of the  payments with respect  to such restricted  stock or accelerated
options or stock appreciation  rights to be treated  as 'parachute payments'  as
defined  in the Code. Any  such parachute payments may  be non-deductible to the
Company, in whole or in part, and may subject the recipient to a  non-deductible
20  percent Federal excise tax on all or a portion of such payments (in addition
to other taxes ordinarily payable).
 
PENSION PLANS
 
     The General  Chemical Corporation  Salaried  Employees' Pension  Plan  (the
'Pension  Plan') is  a defined benefit  plan that  generally benefits full-time,
salaried employees.  A participating  employee's  annual retirement  benefit  is
determined by the employee's credited service under the Pension Plan and average
annual earnings during the five years of the final ten years of service credited
under  the Pension Plan for which  such employee's earnings were highest. Annual
earnings  include  principally   salary,  overtime   and  short-term   incentive
compensation. The Pension Plan provides that a participating employee's right to
receive benefits under the Pension Plan becomes fully vested after five years of
service.  Under the  Pension Plan,  benefits are  adjusted by  a portion  of the
social security benefits received by participants.
 
                                       55
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     In addition, the Named Executives  participate in an unfunded  nonqualified
excess  benefit  plan  which  pays  benefits  which  would  otherwise  accrue in
accordance with the provisions  of the Pension Plan,  but which are not  payable
under  the Pension Plan by reason of  certain benefit limitations imposed by the
Code.
 
     The table below indicates the estimated maximum annual retirement benefit a
hypothetical participant would be entitled to receive under the Pension Plan and
the excess benefit plan  (without regard to benefit  limitations imposed by  the
Code)  before  any  deduction for  social  security benefits  if  the retirement
occurred December 31,  1995, at the  age of  65, after the  indicated number  of
years  of credited  service and if  average annual earnings  equaled the amounts
indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE (2)
                                                  --------------------------------------------------------
          AVERAGE ANNUAL EARNINGS (1)             15 YEARS    20 YEARS    25 YEARS    30 YEARS    35 YEARS
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
$  200,000.....................................   $ 60,000    $ 80,000    $100,000    $100,000    $105,000
   250,000.....................................     75,000     100,000     125,000     125,000     131,250
   300,000.....................................     90,000     120,000     150,000     150,000     157,500
   400,000.....................................    120,000     160,000     200,000     200,000     210,000
   500,000.....................................    150,000     200,000     250,000     250,000     262,500
   600,000.....................................    180,000     240,000     300,000     300,000     315,000
   700,000.....................................    210,000     280,000     350,000     350,000     367,500
   800,000.....................................    240,000     320,000     400,000     400,000     420,000
   900,000.....................................    270,000     360,000     450,000     450,000     472,500
 1,000,000.....................................    300,000     400,000     500,000     500,000     525,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Compensation  qualifying  as   annual  earnings  under   the  Pension   Plan
    approximates  the  amounts set  forth  as Salary  and  Bonus in  the Summary
    Compensation table for the individuals listed on such table.
 
(2) The number of years of credited  service under the Pension Plan for  Messrs.
    Russell,  Passino, Tanis, Wilkinson  and Waite, is  approximately 19, 16, 8,
    11, and 7, respectively.
 
PERFORMANCE PLAN
 
     Prior to the Offerings, the Company  will adopt the General Chemical  Group
Inc.  Performance Plan  (the 'Performance  Plan') for  the purpose  of providing
incentives to  certain  key  employees  of the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.
Eligible employees will be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
     The Performance Plan provides an opportunity for eligible employees to earn
annual  cash  bonuses  and  other  periodic  cash  awards  based  solely  on the
attainment of  preestablished  performance  goals. The  material  terms  of  the
performance  goals  and  the  compensation  payable  to  covered  employees  are
discussed below.
 
     Participants. The employees eligible to participate in the Performance Plan
are employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
     Awards. The general parameters of the Performance Plan allow for a  maximum
annual  bonus payment  that can  be earned  per individual  of no  more than the
lesser of $2,000,000  and 200  percent of  the individual's  base salary.  These
parameters represent the upper limits of the performance based incentive program
and  do not necessarily indicate the actual award that will be made since awards
will be based solely on attainment of the stated performance objectives.
 
     Performance Criteria. For awards ('Awards') other than annual bonuses,  the
Compensation  Committee will  allocate a portion  of each  award (the 'Allocated
Portion') to  each  year  in  a  performance  period  it  shall  establish  (the
'Performance  Period').  The  performance  objectives  for  an  annual  bonus or
Performance Period  may be  based  upon either  company-wide or  operating  unit
performance  in  any  of  the following  areas:  earnings  per  share, revenues,
operating cash  flow, operating  earnings,  working capital  to sales  ratio  or
return  on capital (the 'Performance Objectives'). A determination as to whether
the applicable Performance Objectives have been  attained, in whole or in  part,
will  be made by  the Compensation Committee  following the end  of the relevant
year. Subject to  the discretion  of the  Compensation Committee  to reduce  the
amount  payable, a participant will earn an annual bonus or the Award related to
an Allocated  Portion, whichever  is  applicable, upon  the achievement  of  the
target  level of  performance applicable to  any one  Performance Objective. The
earned Award related to an Allocated Portion for a year in a Performance  Period
shall be subject to a three year vesting schedule except that vesting shall also
occur upon an individual's death, disability
 
                                       56
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
(as  defined in the  plan) or termination  with the consent  of the Compensation
Committee or upon  a change  of control  of the  Company or  termination of  the
Performance  Plan.  The Compensation  Committee may  permit the  participants to
defer receipt of  all or a  portion of their  Awards under the  plan. Since  the
Performance  Objectives and target  levels of performance for  1996 have not yet
been established, the Awards which the Named Executives may earn in 1996  cannot
be  determined at this time. However, if the Performance Plan had been in effect
in 1995 and  the Performance  Objectives were  fully met,  the Named  Executives
would  have  been  eligible for  cash  awards  equal to  twice  their respective
salaries reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
 
     Administration.  The  Performance   Plan  will  be   administered  by   the
Compensation  Committee, who sets the  performance targets, measures the results
and determines the amounts payable under the Performance Plan. The  Compensation
Committee  cannot increase the  amounts payable under  the Performance Plan, but
retains discretionary authority to reduce the amount of compensation that  would
otherwise  be  payable to  the  Named Executives  even  if the  target  level of
performance is attained. The  Performance Plan may be  amended or terminated  at
any time at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.
 
OTHER PROGRAMS
 
     The  Company will maintain a program pursuant to which certain key officers
of the Company  will be entitled  to reimbursement of  certain medical  expenses
that  are excluded or subject to limitations in coverage under the Company's and
its subsidiaries' basic employee group  medical plans. The maximum amount  which
may  be  reimbursed under  such  program is  $5,000  per year  for  each covered
officer.
 
     The Company  and  its  subsidiaries  will  maintain  deferred  compensation
programs  to which  participants may  defer all or  any portion  of their annual
salary and/or  incentive  compensation and  elect  to receive  payment  of  such
deferred  amounts in  future years  based on  certain deferral  options. Amounts
deferred will be credited  on the books  of the Company  or such subsidiary  and
interest  will  accrue on  such amounts  based  on the  average quoted  rate for
ten-year U.S. Treasury Notes.
 
     The Company also maintains qualified defined contribution retirement  plans
under  which  eligible participants  may, subject  to certain  statutory limits,
elect to contribute up to 18 percent of their compensation under one plan and up
to 16 percent under another plan, all of  which may be made on a pre-tax  basis.
The  Company makes an additional contribution under one plan equal to 50 percent
of each participant's own contributions up to a maximum Company contribution  of
4  percent of the participant's compensation and under another plan a minimum of
30 percent and, at the discretion of  the Company based on performance, up to  a
maximum  of 100  percent of each  participant's contributions, which  are not in
excess of 6 percent of the participant's compensation. The Named Executives also
participate in an unfunded, nonqualified excess defined contribution  retirement
plan  which pays  benefits which would  otherwise accrue in  accordance with the
provisions of  the  defined contribution  retirement  plans but  which  are  not
payable   by  reason  of  certain  benefit  limitations  imposed  by  the  Code.
Participants generally become vested in these additional contributions over five
years.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The Compensation Committee will  consist entirely of independent  directors
who  have  no  significant relationship  with  the  Company or  its  officers or
directors.
 
                                       57

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
     The  following table  sets forth  certain information  with respect  to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common  Stock and Class B Common Stock  as
of  March 15,  1996 (assuming  the original  automatic conversion  of all Common
Stock held by the Current Stockholders into Class B Common Stock upon filing  of
the  Certificate in accordance  with its terms)  and as adjusted  to reflect the
sale of the Shares offered hereby by (i) each person known to the Company to own
beneficially more than  5 percent  of the  outstanding shares  of the  Company's
Common  Stock or Class  B Common Stock (including  the Selling Stockholder), and
(ii) all directors and executive officers of  the Company as a group. Except  as
noted below, no person or entity is known by the Company to beneficially own any
shares of the Company's Common Stock or Class B Common Stock at March 15, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                                                     OF CLASS B
                                              BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                                  COMMON STOCK
                                                   OF CLASS B              NUMBER OF             AFTER OFFERINGS (2)
                                                  COMMON STOCK             SHARES OF       -------------------------------
                                               PRIOR TO OFFERINGS         COMMON STOCK
                                           --------------------------        BEING                           PERCENT OF
                                           NUMBER OF                        OFFERED        NUMBER OF          CLASS B
       NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)          SHARES       PERCENT (3)        (2)(4)          SHARES       COMMON STOCK (3)
- ------------------------------------------ ----------     -----------     ------------     ----------     ----------------
 
<S>                                        <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
Stonor Group Limited (6)(7)...............  9,868,421         50.0%         5,000,000       4,868,421            33.0%
Paul M. Montrone (7)...................... 19,736,842        100.0            --           14,736,842           100.0
All executive officers and directors as a
  group (9 persons)(7).................... 19,736,842        100.0            --           14,736,842           100.0
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                PERCENT OF
                                               COMMON STOCK
                                                AND CLASS B
       NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)         COMMON STOCK (3)(5)
- ------------------------------------------  -------------------
<S>                                        <C><C>
Stonor Group Limited (6)(7)...............          21.9%
Paul M. Montrone (7)......................          66.3
All executive officers and directors as a
  group (9 persons)(7)....................          66.3
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) The  address of  Stonor Group Limited  is c/o  Fiduciary Management Services
    Limited, 3 Parliament Square, Castletown, Isle of Man IM91LA. The address of
    all other listed  stockholders is  c/o The General  Chemical Group,  Liberty
    Lane, Hampton, New Hampshire 03842.
 
(2) Assumes no exercise of the Over-allotment Option.
 
(3) Applicable  percentage  of ownership  as  of March  15,  1996 is  based upon
    19,736,842 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding. Applicable percentage
    of ownership after the  Offerings is based upon  7,500,000 shares of  Common
    Stock and 14,736,842 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding.
 
(4) Consists  of 5,000,000 shares to be sold by Stonor of which Mr. Montrone may
    be deemed the beneficial owner (see Note 6 below). The shares to be sold  by
    Stonor  will  be shares  of Common  Stock resulting  from the  conversion by
    Stonor of a like number  of its shares of Class  B Common Stock into  Common
    Stock.
 
(5) The  shares of Class  B Common Stock  owned by Stonor,  Mr. Montrone and all
    executive officers and  directors as  a group represent  31.4 percent,  95.2
    percent  and 95.2 percent, respectively, of the combined voting power of the
    outstanding shares of  Common Stock and  Class B Common  Stock (assuming  no
    exercise  of the Over-allotment Option), and  27.8 percent, 94.2 percent and
    94.2 percent,  respectively,  of such  voting  power if  the  Over-allotment
    Option is exercised in full (or 25.9 percent, 94.0 percent and 94.0 percent,
    respectively, of such voting power if the Over-allotment Option is exercised
    in full and the Selling Stockholder assumes in full the Company's portion of
    the Over-allotment Option).
 
(6) Stonor  is a  corporation incorporated under  the laws of  Liberia. The sole
    stockholder of Stonor is The Wroxton  Trust (the 'Trust'). The sole  trustee
    of  the Trust is  Indosuez Trust Company (Cayman)  Ltd. (the 'Trustee'). The
    Trustee has sole investment  power with regard to  the property held in  the
    Trust,  and therefore  may also be  deemed to  be a beneficial  owner of the
    shares of  the Company's  Class  B Common  Stock  listed above.  Stonor  has
    contributed  its shares of  the Company's Class  B Common Stock  to a voting
    trust of which Mr. Montrone is  the sole trustee. Accordingly, Mr.  Montrone
    will have sole voting power with regard to the shares of the Company's Class
    B Common Stock listed above.
 
(7) Includes  9,868,421 shares (4,868,421 shares after the Offerings) of Class B
    Common Stock owned by Stonor of which  Mr. Montrone may be deemed to be  the
    beneficial  owner due to his position as  the sole trustee of a voting trust
    to which he and Stonor have contributed all of their shares of the Company's
    Class B Common Stock.  Until termination of the  voting trust, Mr.  Montrone
    has  sole voting power with  regard to the shares  held by the voting trust.
    Mr. Montrone disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares beneficially owned
    by Stonor. The voting trust terminates on the earlier of (i) March 31, 2005,
    (ii) the withdrawal from the trust of all shares of Class B Common Stock  by
    one  or both of Stonor or Mr. Montrone (which withdrawal is permitted by the
    voting trust  agreement  in connection  with  a  sale of  shares  by  either
    Stockholder  in a public or private sale),  (iii) the death or incapacity of
    Mr. Montrone or  (iv) the mutual  agreement of Stonor  and Mr. Montrone.  In
    March  1996,  Mr. Montrone  granted to  the  GRAT voting  trust certificates
    representing 4,934,210 shares of  Class B Common Stock,  or 33.5 percent  of
    the  outstanding shares  of Class  B Common  Stock and  22.2 percent  of the
    outstanding shares  of Common  Stock and  Class B  Common Stock  outstanding
    after  the Offerings.  Mr. Montrone  and his  wife, Sandra  G. Montrone, are
    co-trustees of  the GRAT.  By  virtue of  her  position as  co-trustee,  Ms.
    Montrone  may be deemed the beneficial owner of all shares held by the GRAT.
    In April 1996,  the Company entered  into a Stockholder  Agreement with  the
    GRAT  and Mr. Montrone pursuant  to which the GRAT  granted to the Company a
    right of first  refusal with  respect to any  transfer of  shares of  Common
    Stock  by the GRAT through March 1, 2001. In exchange, the Company agreed to
    register for sale under the 1933 Act at any time beginning on March 1,  1997
    and  ending on March 1, 2001 shares of  Common Stock which the GRAT may from
    time to  time distribute  to Mr.  Montrone or  his assignees,  although  Mr.
    Montrone would not be obligated to sell any such shares of Common Stock. The
    Company subsequently entered into a similar agreement with Stonor.
 
                                       58
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS
     Messrs.  Montrone  and Meister  are Managing  Directors  of the  Adviser, a
management company controlled by Mr. Montrone.  On January 1, 1995, the  Company
entered into an agreement with the Adviser to provide the Company with strategic
guidance and advice related to financings, security offerings, recapitalizations
and  restructurings, tax,  corporate secretarial, employee  benefit services and
other administrative  services  as  well  as to  provide  advice  regarding  the
Company's  automotive business. In 1996, Mr. Meister joined the Adviser with the
objective of enhancing its  ability to provide these  strategic services and  to
develop  and pursue acquisitions  and business combinations  designed to enhance
the long-term growth prospects and value of the Company.
     Under its agreement with  the Adviser, the Company  has agreed to pay  (and
has  paid  during 1995)  the  Adviser an  annual  fee of  $5.5  million, payable
quarterly in advance,  adjusted annually after  1995 for increases  in the  U.S.
Department  of  Labor,  Bureau of  Labor  Statistics, Consumer  Price  Index. In
addition, in  connection  with  any acquisition  or  business  combination  with
respect  to which the Adviser advises the Company, the Company has agreed to pay
the Adviser additional fees comparable  to those received by investment  banking
firms  for  such  services  (subject  to  the  approval  of  a  majority  of the
independent directors of  the Company). The  agreement extends through  December
31,  2004. The agreement  may be terminated  by either party  if the other party
ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry  on its business, or commits a  material
breach  of the agreement which is not remedied  within 30 days of notice of such
breach. The agreement  may also  be terminated by  the Company  if Mr.  Montrone
ceases  to hold, directly  or indirectly, shares of  the Company's capital stock
constituting at least 20 percent of the total of all shares of Common Stock  and
Class B Common Stock then issued and outstanding. Prior to 1995 similar services
were   provided  by   Bayberry  Management  Corp.   ('Bayberry'),  a  management
corporation controlled by  Mr. Montrone.  During the  years 1993  and 1994,  the
Company  paid  fees  totalling  approximately  $5.8  million  and  $6.2 million,
respectively, for the services provided by Bayberry. The agreement with Bayberry
terminated on December 31, 1994.
     The terms of the agreement between the Company and the Adviser were not the
result of arm's length negotiations. Mr. Montrone, who controls both the Adviser
and the  Company,  negotiated  the  terms of  the  agreement  and  will  receive
substantial  economic benefits from  the fees to  be paid to  the Adviser by the
Company. While there can be no assurance that  the amount of fees to be paid  by
the  Company to the  Adviser will not  exceed the amount  that the Company would
have to  pay  to obtain  from  unaffiliated third  parties  the services  to  be
provided  by the Adviser, the Company believes that the employees of the Adviser
have extensive  knowledge  concerning  the Company's  business  which  would  be
impractical  for  a third  party to  obtain. As  a result,  the Company  has not
compared the fee payable to the Adviser with fees that might be charged by third
parties for  similar  services.  The  Company has  adopted  a  policy  that  any
amendment  to,  waiver of,  extension of  or other  change in  the terms  of the
agreement with the  Adviser, as well  as any transactions  perceived to  involve
potential  conflicts of interest, will require the approval of a majority of the
independent directors of the Company.
     Mr. Montrone,  who  will  own  (exclusive of  the  holdings  of  the  GRAT)
approximately 33.5 percent of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and
22.2  percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
upon completion of the Offerings, may from time to time acquire shares of Common
Stock or warrants, options or  rights to acquire shares  of Common Stock in  the
open  market  or in  private  transactions. Mr.  Montrone  and the  Company have
entered into an agreement pursuant to which  the Company agreed not to take  any
actions  attempting to interfere with any  such acquisitions. In April 1996, the
Company entered into  a Stockholder  Agreement with  the GRAT  and Mr.  Montrone
pursuant  to which the GRAT granted to the Company a right of first refusal with
respect to any transfer of shares of  Common Stock by the GRAT through March  1,
2001. In exchange, the Company agreed to register for sale under the 1933 Act at
any time beginning on March 1, 1997 and ending on March 1, 2001 shares of Common
Stock  which the GRAT  may from time to  time distribute to  Mr. Montrone or his
assignees, although Mr. Montrone would not be obligated to sell any such  shares
of  Common Stock. The Company subsequently entered into a similar agreement with
Stonor.
     On April 22, 1994, Toledo Technologies and PDI each borrowed $10.0  million
pursuant  to credit  agreements between Wells  Fargo Bank, as  agent, and Toledo
Technologies and PDI, respectively. See  'Description of Indebtedness --  Toledo
Technologies  Credit Facility'  and ' --  PDI Credit Facility.'  PDI loaned $9.0
million of these borrowings to a  former stockholder of the Company, and  Toledo
Technologies  loaned  $3.0  million  of  these  borrowings  to  the  same former
stockholder and $2.0  million to Mr.  Montrone. The loans  bear interest at  the
fixed  rate  of 7.25  percent,  payable quarterly,  and  provide for  payment of
principal in ten equal  installments commencing June  30, 1996 through  December
31,  2000.  Mr. Montrone  prepaid  the loan  to him  in  March 1996.  The former
stockholder has agreed that in the  event that the Offerings are completed,  the
loan to such former stockholder will be prepaid in full.
 
                                       59
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
 
     The  following  are  summaries  of  certain  provisions  of  the  long-term
indebtedness of  the  Company and  its  subsidiaries. These  summaries  are  not
complete  descriptions of such indebtedness and  are qualified in their entirety
by  reference  to  the   agreements  and  other   documents  relating  to   such
indebtedness, which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which
this  Prospectus is a  part and may  be obtained as  described under 'Additional
Information.'
 
GENERAL CHEMICAL U.S. REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
     Loans outstanding  under General  Chemical's  $130 million  U.S.  Revolving
Credit  Facility bear  interest, which is  due quarterly,  at a rate  equal to a
spread over a reference rate chosen by General Chemical from the lender's  prime
rate  and  LIBOR options.  As of  March 31,  1996, there  were $26.0  million in
borrowings outstanding under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the rate  of
interest on such loans was 6.2 percent.
 
     General Chemical's obligations under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility are
secured  by (1)  substantially all  of the  assets of  General Chemical,  (2) 65
percent of the capital stock of the parent of GC Canada, (3) General  Chemical's
51  percent general partnership interest  in GCSAP, and (4)  all of the stock of
the  other  direct  and  indirect   subsidiaries  of  General  Chemical.   Loans
outstanding  under the U.S.  Revolving Credit Facility will  mature on March 31,
1999. The U.S. Revolving Credit Facility contains various restrictive  covenants
and  financial  covenants, including,  among  other things,  covenants requiring
General Chemical to maintain certain levels of cash flow coverage,  consolidated
net  worth  and  leverage.  In  addition,  the  U.S.  Revolving  Credit Facility
restricts the  payment  of dividends  by  General  Chemical to  the  Company  to
essentially 50 percent of General Chemical's consolidated net income.
 
     In  addition to events of default customary in agreements of this type, the
U.S. Revolving Credit Facility provides for  an event of default upon a  'change
in  control,' which is  defined to include  the failure of  a former stockholder
and/or Mr. Montrone and certain of their affiliates, prior to the occurrence  of
an initial public offering, to own directly or indirectly at least 50 percent of
the capital stock of General Chemical.
 
GENERAL CHEMICAL BANK TERM LOAN
 
     The  Bank Term Loan  of $100 million requires  23 equal quarterly principal
installments of $4.3 million commencing February 4, 1996 through August 4, 2001.
The Bank Term Loan bears interest at a  rate equal to a spread over a  reference
rate  chosen by  General Chemical  from various options.  The rate  in effect at
March 31, 1996 was 7.4 percent. The  Bank Term Loan contains the same  covenants
and events of default as the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility.
 
GENERAL CHEMICAL 9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003
 
     In  1993,  General  Chemical  issued  $100 million  of  its  9  1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes (the  'Senior Subordinated  Notes'). Interest  on the  Senior
Subordinated  Notes  is  due on  each  February  15 and  August  15.  The Senior
Subordinated Notes will mature  on August 15, 2003,  and are redeemable, at  the
option  of General Chemical, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August
15, 1998 at redemption prices beginning at 103.5 percent of principal amount  on
August  15, 1998 and declining  to 100 percent on  August 15, 2001. Until August
15, 1996, General Chemical  may redeem, at its  option, the Senior  Subordinated
Notes at 109.25 percent of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to
the  date of  redemption with the  proceeds of  one or more  offerings of equity
securities, provided that at least $70 million in aggregate principal amount  of
the  Senior Subordinated Notes originally  issued remain outstanding immediately
after any  such redemption.  In the  event of  a change  of control  of  General
Chemical  (which is  defined substantially  in the  same manner  as in  the U.S.
Revolving Credit  Agreement),  each  holder of  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  may
require General Chemical to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes it holds at
a  price equal to 101 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated
Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
 
                                       60
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured obligations of General Chemical
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior  indebtedness
of  General Chemical, including the obligations  under the U.S. Revolving Credit
Facility.
 
     The indenture  under  which  the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  were  issued
contains  various restrictive covenants, including a covenant that restricts the
payment of  dividends by  General  Chemical to  the  Company to  essentially  50
percent of General Chemical's consolidated net income.
 
GC CANADA 9.09% SENIOR NOTES DUE 1999
 
     In  1992, GC  Canada issued US  $52 million  of GC Canada  Notes to certain
private investors pursuant  to a note  purchase agreement. The  GC Canada  Notes
bear interest at 9.09 percent per annum, which is payable on May 20 and November
20  of each year,  with the entire principal  amount due at  maturity on May 20,
1999.
 
     Subject to certain limitations  and premium payments,  the GC Canada  Notes
may  be prepaid, in whole or  in part, at any time.  At the option of GC Canada,
the GC Canada  Notes may  be redeemed, in  whole or  in part by  payment of  the
principal   amount  being  prepaid  (plus  accrued  interest)  together  with  a
make-whole premium calculated using  a discount rate equal  to 0.5 percent  plus
the  then current yield on U.S.  Government Securities having a weighted average
life to maturity similar to the GC Canada Notes.
 
     Under the agreement relating to the GC Canada Notes, GC Canada is permitted
to pay essentially  100 percent  of its  consolidated earnings  as dividends  to
General  Chemical. The GC Canada Notes  Agreement provides for events of default
and limitations customary in agreements of this type, including requirements for
a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, restrictions on the ability of GC  Canada
and  its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, and prohibitions on certain mergers
or consolidations, asset sales, liens, investments and stock issuances.
 
GC CANADA REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
     GC Canada entered into a  $15 million (Canadian) revolving credit  facility
on  June 22, 1992. This facility bears interest at a rate equal to a spread over
a reference  rate chosen  by GC  Canada from  various options.  Interest is  due
monthly,  and the facility expires on June 22, 1997, with annual renewal options
at the lender's discretion.
 
     The GC Canada revolving credit facility  is secured by all the  receivables
and  inventories  of  GC Canada  and  contains  a covenant  which  prohibits the
impairment of security interests and  other restrictive covenants and events  of
default  which are  similar to the  GC Canada  Notes Agreement. As  of March 31,
1996, there were no outstanding borrowings under the GC Canada revolving  credit
facility.
 
TOLEDO TECHNOLOGIES CREDIT FACILITY
 
     Toledo  Technologies entered into a credit facility on April 22, 1994 which
provided for a $10 million term loan and a $5 million revolving credit facility.
Both facilities bear  interest, which is  due quarterly,  at a rate  equal to  a
spread  over a  reference rate chosen  by Toledo Technologies  from the lender's
prime rate and LIBOR options. As of  March 31, 1996, the interest rate on  loans
outstanding for the term loan and revolving credit facility was 7.7 percent. The
Toledo  Technologies  credit facility  is secured  by all  inventory, equipment,
fixtures, receivables and trademarks of Toledo Technologies, by a pledge by  the
Company  of Toledo Technologies' capital stock  and other securities. The credit
facility  contains  various  restrictive  covenants  and  financial   covenants,
including,  among  other  things,  covenants  requiring  Toledo  Technologies to
maintain certain  levels  of consolidated  net  worth, cash  flow  coverage  and
leverage. As of March 31, 1996, there was $6.3 million in borrowings outstanding
under  the  term  loan  facility  and  there  was  $2.5  million  in  borrowings
outstanding under the  revolving credit facility.  The term loan  is subject  to
semi-annual  repayments which commenced  December 31, 1994  and continue through
December 31, 1998, and the revolving credit facility expires December 31,  1998.
See 'Certain Relationships and Transactions.'
 
                                       61
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
PDI CREDIT FACILITY
 
     PDI  entered into a credit facility on April 22, 1994, which provided for a
$10 million  term  loan  and  a  $3  million  revolving  credit  facility.  Both
facilities  bear interest, which is  due quarterly, at a  rate equal to a spread
over a reference  rate chosen  by PDI  from the  lender's prime  rate and  LIBOR
options.  As of March 31, 1996, the interest rate on loans outstanding under the
term loan facility was 7.7  percent. The PDI credit  facility is secured by  all
inventory,  equipment, fixtures, receivables and trademarks  of PDI, by a pledge
by the Company of PDI's capital stock and other securities. The credit  facility
contains  various restrictive covenants and financial covenants including, among
other things, covenants requiring PDI to maintain certain levels of consolidated
net worth, cash flow coverage and leverage. As of March 31, 1996, there was $5.7
million in borrowings outstanding under the term loan facility and there were no
borrowings outstanding under  the revolving  credit facility. The  term loan  is
subject to semi-annual repayments which commenced December 31, 1994 and continue
through  December 31, 1998,  and the revolving  credit facility expires December
31, 1998. See 'Certain Relationships and Transactions.'
 
BALCRANK CREDIT FACILITY
 
     Balcrank entered into a $1 million  revolving credit facility on April  22,
1994.  The facility bears interest, which is due quarterly, at a rate equal to a
spread over the lender's prime rate.  Interest is due quarterly in arrears.  The
ability  to borrow under  the revolving credit facility  expires April 30, 1997.
The Balcrank credit facility is  secured by all inventory, equipment,  fixtures,
receivables  and trademarks  of Balcrank.  The credit  facility contains various
restrictive covenants and  financial covenants, including,  among other  things,
covenants  requiring  Balcrank to  maintain certain  levels of  consolidated net
worth and cash flow  coverage. As of  March 31, 1996,  there were no  borrowings
outstanding under this revolving credit facility.
 
                                       62
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
AUTHORIZED AND OUTSTANDING CAPITAL STOCK
 
     Upon  consummation of  the Offerings, the  authorized capital  stock of the
Company will consist of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 40,000,000 shares of
Class B  Common Stock  and  10,000,000 shares  of undesignated  preferred  stock
issuable  in  series by  the Board  of Directors  (the 'Preferred  Stock'). Upon
consummation of the Offerings, 7,500,000 shares  of Common Stock will be  issued
and  outstanding, 14,736,842 shares of  Class B Common Stock  will be issued and
outstanding and no shares of Preferred Stock will be issued or outstanding.  The
following  summary description of the capital  stock of the Company is qualified
in its entirety by reference to  the Company's Amended and Restated  Certificate
of  Incorporation (the 'Certificate'), and  By-Laws, as amended (the 'By-laws'),
copies of which  are filed as  exhibits to the  Registration Statement of  which
this  Prospectus is a part. The Certificate and By-laws have been adopted by the
stockholders and the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  Common Stock and Class B Stock
 
     Upon filing of  the Certificate  with the  Secretary of  State of  Delaware
prior  to the  consummation of  the Offerings, each  share of  Common Stock then
outstanding will be  automatically converted into  one share of  Class B  Common
Stock.  The Common Stock  and Class B Common  Stock are substantially identical,
except for disparity in voting power. See 'Risk Factors -- Voting Control by and
Relationship with Principal Stockholders;  Anti-takeover Effect of Dual  Classes
of  Common Stock.' Each share  of Common Stock entitles  the holder of record to
one vote and each share of Class B Common Stock entitles the holder to ten votes
at each annual or special  meeting of stockholders, in  the case of any  written
consent of stockholders, and for all other purposes. The holders of Common Stock
and Class B Common Stock will vote as a single class on all matters submitted to
a  vote of the  stockholders, except as  otherwise provided by  law. Neither the
holders of Common Stock nor the holders of Class B Common Stock have  cumulative
voting  or preemptive rights.  The Company may,  as a condition  to counting the
votes cast  by any  holder of  Class B  Common Stock  at any  annual or  special
meeting  of stockholders, in the case of any written consent of stockholders, or
for any other purpose, require such  holder to furnish such affidavits or  other
proof  as it may reasonably  request to establish that  the Class B Common Stock
held by such holder  has not, by  virtue of the  provisions of the  Certificate,
been automatically converted into Common Stock, as discussed below.
 
     The  holders of Common Stock  and Class B Common  Stock will be entitled to
receive dividends and  other distributions  as may  be declared  thereon by  the
Board  of Directors of the Company out of assets or funds of the Company legally
available therefor,  subject to  the rights  of  the holders  of any  series  of
Preferred  Stock and  any other  provision of  the Certificate.  The Certificate
provides that if at any  time a cash dividend or  other distribution in cash  or
other property is paid on either the Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock, a
dividend  or other distribution in  cash or other property  will also be paid on
the Class B Common Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, in an equal amount
per share. The  Certificate provides  that if  dividends are  declared that  are
payable  in shares of Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, such dividends shall
be payable  at  the same  rate  on both  classes  of stock,  provided  that  the
dividends  payable in shares of Common Stock shall be payable only to holders of
Common Stock and the dividends payable in  shares of Class B Common Stock  shall
be  payable only to  holders of Class  B Common Stock.  The Certificate provides
that shares of Common Stock  or Class B Stock may  not be split up,  subdivided,
combined  or reclassified, unless at the same time the shares of the other class
are also  split up,  subdivided,  combined or  reclassified  in a  manner  which
maintains  the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of Common
Stock and Class B Common Stock as existed immediately prior to the transaction.
 
     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the  Company,
the  holders of  Common Stock and  the holders of  Class B Common  Stock will be
entitled  to  receive  the  assets  and  funds  of  the  Company  available  for
distribution  after payments  to creditors and  to the holders  of any Preferred
Stock of the Company that may at  the time be outstanding, in proportion to  the
number of shares held by them, respectively, without regard to class.
 
                                       63
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The  Certificate  provides  that  no person  holding  record  or beneficial
ownership of shares of Class B Common  Stock (a 'Class B Holder') may  transfer,
and the Company will not register the transfer of, such shares of Class B Common
Stock,  except to a Permitted Transferee. A Permitted Transferee generally means
an affiliate of the Class  B Holder. In certain  circumstances set forth in  the
Certificate,  changes in ownership or control of a Class B Holder will result in
the automatic  conversion of  such holder's  Class B  Common Stock  into  Common
Stock. The Certificate also provides that the Company may require as a condition
to registering the transfer of any shares of Class B Common Stock the furnishing
of  such affidavits  and other  proof as the  Company reasonably  may request to
establish that such proposed transferee is a Permitted Transferee. In  addition,
upon  any purported  transfer of  shares of Class  B Common  Stock not permitted
under the Certificate, all  shares of Class  B Common Stock  purported to be  so
transferred  will be  deemed to  be converted into  shares of  Common Stock, and
stock certificates formerly  representing such  shares of Class  B Common  Stock
will  thereupon and  thereafter be  deemed to  represent an  identical number of
shares of Common Stock.
 
     Class B Holders may convert each share of such Class B Common Stock at  any
time  and from  time to  time into  one fully  paid and  non-assessable share of
Common Stock.  The  Certificate  requires  that the  Company  reserve  and  keep
available sufficient shares of Common Stock for issuance in connection with such
conversion  rights.  Following the  original automatic  conversion into  Class B
Common Stock, shares of Common Stock are not convertible into shares of Class  B
Common Stock.
 
     In   the  event  of  any   corporate  merger,  consolidation,  purchase  or
acquisition  of  property  or  stock  or  other  reorganization  in  which   any
consideration  is to be received  by the holders of Common  Stock or the Class B
Holders, the Class B Holders  and the holders of  Common Stock will receive  the
same consideration on a per share basis.
 
     All outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without
further  act  or deed  on  the part  of  this Company  or  any other  person, be
converted into shares of Common Stock on a share-for-share basis at such time as
the total  number of  shares of  Class  B Common  Stock issued  and  outstanding
constitutes  less than 10 percent of the total of all shares of Common Stock and
Class B Common  Stock then  issued and  outstanding. Upon  any such  conversion,
stock  certificates formerly  representing shares of  Class B  Common Stock will
thereupon and thereafter be deemed to represent an identical number of shares of
Common Stock.
 
     Except as expressly set forth in the Certificate, the rights of the holders
of Common  Stock and  the rights  of the  Class B  Holders are  in all  respects
identical.
 
     The  Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice
of issuance, on the NYSE under the trading symbol 'GCG.' All outstanding  shares
of  Common Stock, including the Shares offered hereby, are or will be fully paid
and non-assessable.
 
  Undesignated Preferred Stock
 
     The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized, without further action
of the  stockholders  of  the Company,  to  issue  up to  10,000,000  shares  of
Preferred  Stock  in classes  or  series and  to  fix the  designations, powers,
preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
the shares of each series  and any qualifications, limitations and  restrictions
thereon  as set forth in the Certificate. Any such Preferred Stock issued by the
Company may rank prior  to the Common Stock  as to dividend rights,  liquidation
preference  or  both,  may  have  full  or  limited  voting  rights  and  may be
convertible into shares of Common Stock.
 
     The purpose of authorizing the Board of Directors to issue Preferred  Stock
is,  in part, to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific
issuances. The issuance of  Preferred Stock could have  the effect of making  it
more  difficult for a third  party to acquire, or  of discouraging a third party
from acquiring or seeking to acquire,  a significant portion of the  outstanding
stock of the Company.
 
                                       64
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
 
  General
 
     A  number of provisions of the  Company's Certificate and By-laws deal with
matters of corporate governance and the rights of stockholders. Certain of these
provisions may  be deemed  to have  an antitakeover  effect and  may  discourage
takeover  attempts  not  first approved  by  the Board  of  Directors (including
takeovers which certain stockholders may deem to be in their best interests). To
the extent  takeover attempts  are discouraged,  temporary fluctuations  in  the
market  price of  the Company's  Common Stock, which  may result  from actual or
rumored takeover attempts, may be inhibited. These provisions, together with the
staggered nature of the  Board of Directors, also  could delay or frustrate  the
removal  of incumbent  directors or the  assumption of  control by stockholders,
even if such removal  or assumption would be  beneficial to stockholders of  the
Company. These provisions also could discourage or make more difficult a merger,
tender  offer or proxy contest, even if they could be favorable to the interests
of stockholders, and could  potentially depress the market  price of the  Common
Stock.  The Board of Directors of the Company believes that these provisions are
appropriate to protect the interests of the Company and all of its stockholders.
The Board of  Directors has  no present  plans to  adopt any  other measures  or
devices which may be deemed to have an 'antitakeover effect.'
 
  Meetings of Stockholders
 
     The  Company's Certificate  and By-laws provide  that a  special meeting of
stockholders may be called only by the  Chairman of the Board of Directors,  the
President  or a  majority or  directors, unless  otherwise required  by law. The
Certificate and By-laws provide that only those matters set forth in the  notice
of  the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at that special meeting,
unless otherwise provided by law. In  addition, the Company's By-laws set  forth
certain  advance notice and  informational requirements and  time limitations on
any director  nomination or  any  new business  which  a stockholder  wishes  to
propose for consideration at an annual meeting of stockholders.
 
  Indemnification and Limitation of Liability
 
     The  By-laws  of the  Company provide  that directors  and officers  of the
Company shall be, and  at the discretion of  the Board of Directors  non-officer
employees may be, indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by
Delaware  law, as  it now exists  or may in  the future be  amended, against all
expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred  in connection with service for  or
on  behalf of the Company and further permits the advancing of expenses incurred
in defending claims. The By-laws of the  Company also provide that the right  of
directors  and officers to  indemnification shall be a  contract right and shall
not be exclusive of  any other right now  possessed or hereafter acquired  under
any  By-law,  agreement,  vote  of stockholders  or  otherwise.  The Certificate
contains a provision  permitted by  Delaware law that  generally eliminates  the
personal  liability  of directors  for monetary  damages  for breaches  of their
fiduciary duty, including breaches involving  negligence or gross negligence  in
business  combinations, unless  the director has  breached his  duty of loyalty,
failed to act  in good  faith, engaged in  intentional misconduct  or a  knowing
violation of law, paid a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of
the  Delaware General Corporation Law or  obtained an improper personal benefit.
This  provision  does  not  alter  a  director's  liability  under  the  federal
securities laws. In addition, this provision does not affect the availability of
equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, for breach of fiduciary
duty.
 
  Amendment of the Certificate
 
     The  Certificate provides that an amendment  thereof must first be approved
by a  majority of  the  members of  the Board  of  Directors and  (with  certain
exceptions)  thereafter approved  by the affirmative  vote of a  majority of the
total votes eligible to be cast by holders of voting stock, voting together as a
single class; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of 80 percent of  the
total  votes eligible to be cast by the holders of voting stock, voting together
as a single class, is required to amend provisions relating to the limitation of
liability of directors and amendments to the Certificate.
 
                                       65
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
  Amendment of By-laws
 
     The Certificate  provides  that the  By-laws  may be  adopted,  amended  or
repealed  by the Board of Directors and any By-laws adopted by the directors may
be altered, amended or  repealed by the Directors  or by the stockholders.  Such
action  by  the Board  of  Directors shall  require  the affirmative  vote  of a
two-thirds of the directors then in  office. Such action by the stockholders  of
the Company shall require the affirmative vote of at least eighty percent of the
total votes eligible to be cast by holders of voting stock.
 
  Statutory Business Combination Provision
 
     Although  the  Certificate  and  the By-laws  contain  provisions  with the
antitakeover effects  mentioned  above, the  Company  has, in  the  Certificate,
expressly  elected not  to be  governed by Section  203 of  the Delaware General
Corporation Law ('Section 203'),  which prohibits certain business  combinations
with  certain stockholders  for a  period of three  years after  they acquire 15
percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The Company has selected Chemical  Mellon Shareholder Services, LLC as  the
transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       66
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon completion of the Offerings, the Company will have 7,500,000 shares of
Common  Stock  and  14,736,842  shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  outstanding
(excluding 850,000 shares of Common Stock  issuable in respect of units  granted
under  the Company's Restricted Unit Plan). Of the total shares outstanding, the
7,500,000 shares of Common Stock sold  in the Offerings will be freely  tradable
without  restriction or further registration under  the 1933 Act, except for any
shares purchased by  affiliates of  the Company, which  will be  subject to  the
limitations  of Rule  144 under  the 1933 Act.  All of  the remaining 14,736,842
shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding (the 'Restricted Securities') may  be
converted  into Common Stock and sold only pursuant to an effective registration
statement filed  by  the  Company  or  an  applicable  exemption,  including  an
exemption under Rule 144 under the 1933 Act.
 
     In  general, Rule 144 as  currently in effect provides  that any person (or
persons whose shares are  aggregated), including a person  who may be deemed  an
'affiliate'  of the  Company (as defined  under the 1933  Act), whose Restricted
Securities have been fully  paid for at  least two years from  the later of  the
date of issuance by the Company or acquisition from an affiliate, is entitled to
sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater  of (i) the average weekly trading volume on the New York Stock Exchange
during the four calendar weeks preceding the  date on which notice of such  sale
is  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 'Commission') or (ii)
one percent  of  the shares  of  Common Stock  and  Class B  Common  Stock  then
outstanding  (approximately 222,368 shares immediately  after the Offerings). In
addition, sales  under  Rule  144  are subject  to  certain  other  restrictions
regarding  the  manner  of  sale, required  notice  and  availability  of public
information concerning  the Company.  After three  years have  elapsed from  the
later  of  the  issuance  of  Restricted  Securities  by  the  Company  or their
acquisition from  an affiliate,  such  shares may  be sold  without  limitation,
pursuant  to Rule 144(k), by persons who have not been affiliates of the Company
for at  least  three months.  Affiliates,  including  members of  the  Board  of
Directors  and senior management,  continue to be  subject to these limitations.
Shares of Common  Stock granted to,  among others, its  employees, officers  and
directors  pursuant to written compensation  plans or contracts (including under
the Restricted Unit Plan or the 1996 Stock Plan) or shares of Common Stock  sold
by  the Company upon exercise of options  granted under such plans. In each case
in reliance  on the  registration thereof  under  the 1933  Act, may  be  resold
without  limitation by such persons who are  not affiliates, and by such persons
who  are  affiliates   without  complying   with  the   Rule's  holding   period
requirements.
 
     Contemporaneous  with the completion of  the Offerings, the Company intends
to file a registration statement  under the 1933 Act  to register the shares  of
Common  Stock  to be  issued  under the  Restricted  Unit Plan  or  reserved for
issuance under the 1996 Stock Plan or the Restricted Unit Plan for  Non-Employee
Directors.  Such registration  will become automatically  effective upon filing.
Shares of Common  Stock issued under  the Restricted Unit  Plan, the 1996  Stock
Plan  or the Restricted Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors after the effective
date of such registration statement generally will be available for sale in  the
open market, subject to Rule 144 limitations with respect to affiliates.
 
     Beginning  90  days  after  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  approximately
14,736,842 shares of Class B Common Stock (if it is converted into Common Stock)
will be eligible for sale pursuant to  Rule 144, subject, in some cases, to  the
volume limitations described above. However, the holders of all such shares have
agreed  not to  sell, directly  or indirectly, any  shares of  Common Stock into
which the Class B Common Stock is convertible for a period of 180 days following
the date  of  this Prospectus  without  the  prior written  consent  of  Salomon
Brothers Inc (the 'Lock-Up Agreement').
 
     In  April 1996, the  Company entered into a  Stockholder Agreement with the
GRAT and Mr. Montrone pursuant to which the GRAT granted to the Company a  right
of  first refusal with respect to any transfer  of shares of Common Stock by the
GRAT through March 1, 2001. In exchange, the Company agreed to register for sale
under the 1933 Act at any time beginning on March 1, 1997 and ending on March 1,
2001 shares of Common Stock which the  GRAT may from time to time distribute  to
Mr.  Montrone or his assignees, although Mr.  Montrone would not be obligated to
sell any such shares  of Common Stock. The  Company subsequently entered into  a
similar agreement with Stonor.
 
                                       67
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject  to the  terms and  conditions set  forth in  the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement, the Company and the Selling  Stockholder have agreed to sell to  each
of  the U.S. Underwriters  named below, and  each of the  U.S. Underwriters, for
whom Salomon Brothers Inc, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities  Corporation,
Lazard  Freres &  Co. LLC and  Morgan Stanley  & Co. Incorporated  are acting as
representatives (the 'U.S. Representatives'),  has severally agreed to  purchase
from  the Company and  the Selling Stockholder, the  respective number of Shares
set forth opposite its name below:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                                                   SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
 
<S>                                                                                <C>
Salomon Brothers Inc ...........................................................     862,500
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.............................     862,500
Lazard Freres & Co. LLC.........................................................     862,500
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...............................................     862,500
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. .......................................................     125,000
CS First Boston Corporation.....................................................     125,000
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell/C.J. Lawrence Inc......................................     125,000
Goldman, Sachs & Co.............................................................     125,000
Lehman Brothers Inc. ...........................................................     125,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated..............................     125,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ....................................................     125,000
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc..........................................................     125,000
PaineWebber Incorporated........................................................     125,000
Schroder Wertheim & Co. Incorporated............................................     125,000
Smith Barney Inc................................................................     125,000
S.G. Warburg & Co. Inc. ........................................................     125,000
Dain Bosworth Incorporated......................................................      90,000
EVEREN Securities, Inc..........................................................      90,000
Fahnestock & Co. Inc. ..........................................................      90,000
Jefferies & Company, Inc. ......................................................      90,000
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. ............................................      90,000
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.................................................      90,000
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc.................................................      65,000
The Buckingham Research Group Incorporated......................................      65,000
Doft & Co. Inc. ................................................................      65,000
First Equity Corporation of Florida.............................................      65,000
First Manhattan Co. ............................................................      65,000
First of Michigan Corporation...................................................      65,000
Janney Montgomery Scott Inc. ...................................................      65,000
Edward D. Jones & Co............................................................      65,000
The Ohio Company................................................................      65,000
Pennsylvania Merchant Group Ltd.................................................      65,000
Ragen Mackenzie Incorporated....................................................      65,000
Roney & Co......................................................................      65,000
Sanders Morris Mundy Inc........................................................      65,000
Scott & Stringfellow, Inc. .....................................................      65,000
                                                                                   ---------
     Total......................................................................   6,400,000
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>

 
     In the  U.S. Underwriting  Agreement, the  several U.S.  Underwriters  have
agreed,  subject to the terms and conditions  set forth therein, to purchase all
of the  6,400,000  Shares offered  hereby  (other  than Shares  covered  by  the
over-allotment  option described below) if any such Shares are purchased. In the
event of a  default by  any U.S.  Underwriter, the  U.S. Underwriting  Agreement
provides   that,  in   certain  circumstances,   purchase  commitments   of  the
nondefaulting U.S.  Underwriters  may  be increased  or  the  U.S.  Underwriting
Agreement may be terminated.
 
                                       68
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

     The  U.S. Underwriters have agreed to purchase such Shares from the Company
and the Selling Stockholder at the public offering price set forth on the  cover
page  of this Prospectus and the Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed
to pay the U.S.  Underwriters the underwriting discount  set forth on the  cover
page of this Prospectus for each Share so purchased. The Company and the Selling
Stockholder  have been advised by the U.S. Representatives that the several U.S.
Underwriters propose initially to offer such Shares to the public at the  public
offering  price set forth on  the cover page of  this Prospectus, and to certain
dealers at such price, less  a concession not in excess  of $.65 per Share.  The
U.S.  Underwriters may allow, and such dealers  may reallow, a concession not in
excess of  $.10 per  Share to  other dealers.  After the  Offerings, the  public
offering price and such concessions may be changed. The U.S. Underwriters do not
intend  to confirm sales to any  accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.

 
     The  Selling  Stockholder  and  the  Company  have  granted  to  the   U.S.
Underwriters  options, exercisable  during the 30-day  period after  the date of
this Prospectus,  to  purchase up  to  640,000 and  320,000  additional  Shares,
respectively,   at  the   same  public  offering   price  per   Share  to  cover
over-allotments, if any. The Selling Stockholder has the right to assume all  or
any  part of  the Company's  portion of  the Over-allotment  Option. The Selling
Stockholder and  the  Company have  agreed  to  pay the  U.S.  Underwriters  the
underwriting  discount set forth on  the cover page of  this Prospectus for each
additional Share so purchased.
 
     To the extent that  the U.S. Underwriters exercise  such option, each  U.S.
Underwriter  will  have a  firm commitment,  subject  to certain  conditions, to
purchase the same proportion of the option Shares as the number of Shares to  be
purchased  and offered by such U.S. Underwriter  in the above table bears to the
total number of Shares initially offered by the U.S. Underwriters.
 
     The Company and the Selling Stockholder have entered into an  International
Underwriting  Agreement with  the International Underwriters  named therein, for
whom Salomon  Brothers  International  Limited,  Donaldson,  Lufkin  &  Jenrette
Securities  Corporation,  Lazard  Capital  Markets  and  Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.
International  Limited  are  acting   as  representatives  (the   'International
Representatives'),  providing  for the  concurrent offer  and sale  of 1,100,000
Shares outside of the United States and Canada.
 
     The Selling Stockholder and the  Company have granted to the  International
Underwriters  options, exercisable  during the 30-day  period after  the date of
this Prospectus,  to  purchase  up  to 110,000  and  55,000  additional  Shares,
respectively,   at  the   same  public  offering   price  per   Share  to  cover
over-allotments, if any. The Selling Stockholder has the right to assume all  or
any  part of  the Company's  portion of  the Over-allotment  Option. The Selling
Stockholder and the Company  have agreed to  pay the International  Underwriters
the  underwriting discount set  forth on the  cover page of  this Prospectus for
each additional  Share  so  purchased.  To the  extent  that  the  International
Underwriters  exercise such options, each  International Underwriter will have a
firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same  proportion
of  the option  Shares as the  number of  Shares as the  number of  Shares to be
purchased and  offered by  such  International Underwriter  bears to  the  total
number of Shares initially offered by the International Underwriters.
 
     The  offering price and underwriting discount for the U.S. Offering and the
International Offering will be identical. The  closing of each of the  Offerings
is conditioned on the closing of the other Offering.
 
     The  U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters have entered into
an  Agreement  Between  Underwriters  and  Managers  (the  'Agreement  Between')
pursuant  to which each U.S.  Underwriter has severally agreed  that, as part of
the distribution of the 6,400,000 Shares offered by the U.S. Underwriters (a) it
is not purchasing  any Shares  for the  account of  anyone other  than a  United
States or Canadian Person, (b) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or
sell,  directly or indirectly, any such  Shares or distribute this Prospectus to
any person outside the United States or Canada or to anyone other than a  United
States  or Canadian Person  and (c) any  dealer to whom  it may sell  any of the
Shares will represent and  agree that it will  comply with the restrictions  set
forth  in (a) and (b)  and will not offer, sell,  resell or deliver, directly or
indirectly, any  of the  Shares or  distribute any  prospectus relating  to  the
Shares  to  any  other  dealer  who  does  not  so  represent  and  agree.  Each
International Underwriter has severally agreed that, as part of the distribution
of the 1,100,000 Shares
 
                                       69
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
offered by the International Underwriters, (i)  it is not purchasing any  Shares
for the account of any United States or Canadian Person, (ii) it has not offered
or  sold, and  will not  offer or  sell, directly  or indirectly,  any Shares or
distribute any Prospectus relating to  the International Offering to any  person
within  the United States or  Canada or to any  United States or Canadian Person
and (iii) any dealer to  whom it may sell any  of the Shares will represent  and
agree  that it will comply  with the restrictions set forth  in (i) and (ii) and
will not offer,  sell, resell  or deliver, directly  or indirectly,  any of  the
Shares  or distribute any prospectus relating to  the Shares to any other dealer
who does not so represent and agree.
 
     The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or  to
certain  other transactions specified  in the Agreement Between.  As used in the
Agreement Between, 'United States' means the United States of America (including
the District  of Columbia)  and  its territories,  possessions and  other  areas
subject  to its jurisdiction, 'Canada' means Canada, its provinces, territories,
possessions and other areas  subject to its jurisdiction  and 'United States  or
Canadian  Person' means any person  who is a national  or resident of the United
States or  Canada,  any corporation,  partnership  or other  entity  created  or
organized  in or under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any political
subdivision thereof,  any estate  or trust  the income  of which  is subject  to
United  States or  Canadian federal  income taxation,  regardless of  its source
(other than  a foreign  branch of  any United  States or  Canadian Person),  and
includes  any United States or  Canadian branch of a  person other than a United
States or Canadian Person.
 
     Pursuant to  the Agreement  Between, sales  may be  made between  the  U.S.
Underwriters  and the International Underwriters of such number of Shares as may
be mutually agreed. The price of any Shares so sold shall be the initial  public
offering  price, less  an amount not  greater than the  concession to securities
dealers. To the extent  that there are sales  between the U.S. Underwriters  and
the  International Underwriters pursuant to the Agreement Between, the number of
Shares initially  available  for  sale  by  the  U.S.  Underwriters  or  by  the
International  Underwriters may be more or less than the amount appearing on the
cover page of this Prospectus.
 

     Pursuant  to  the  Agreement  Between,  each  U.S.  Underwriter  and   each
International  Underwriter has represented  that (i) it has  not offered or sold
and during the period of six months from the closing date of the Offerings  will
not  offer or sell any Shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons
whose ordinary  activities  involve  them in  acquiring,  holding,  managing  or
disposing  of  investments (as  principal or  agent) for  the purposes  of their
businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the
public in the United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of Securities
Regulations 1995;  (ii) it  has complied  and will  comply with  all  applicable
provisions  of the Financial Services Act 1986  of Great Britain with respect to
anything done by it in  relation to the Shares  in, from or otherwise  involving
the  United Kingdom;  and (iii) it  has only issued  or passed on  and will only
issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection
with the issue of the Shares to a  person who is of a kind described in  Article
11(3)   of  the   Financial  Services   Act  1986   (Investment  Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1995 of Great  Britain or is a  person to whom such  document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

 
     Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Company, the Selling Stockholder and
certain other parties have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to
sell,  or otherwise dispose of, or announce  the offering of, any Shares, or any
securities convertible into,  or exchangeable for,  or exercisable into,  Shares
for  a period of 180 days from the date hereof without the prior written consent
of Salomon Brothers Inc. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.'
 
     Pursuant to the  Agreement Between, each  U.S. Underwriter has  represented
that  it has  not offered  or sold,  and has  agreed not  to offer  or sell, any
Shares, directly or  indirectly, in  Canada in contravention  of the  securities
laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof and has represented that any
offer  of Shares in Canada  will be made only pursuant  to an exemption from the
requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which
such offer is  made. Each U.S.  Underwriter has  further agreed to  send to  any
dealer  who purchases from it any Shares  a notice stating in substance that, by
purchasing such  Shares, such  dealer  represents and  agrees  that it  has  not
offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such
Shares  in  Canada in  contravention of  the  securities laws  of Canada  or any
province or territory thereof and that any offer
 
                                       70
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
of Shares in Canada or any province  or territory thereof and that any offer  of
Shares in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement
to  file a prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which such offer
is made, and that such dealer will deliver to any other dealer to whom it  sells
any of such Shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
     The U.S. and International Underwriting Agreements provide that the Company
and  the Selling  Stockholder will indemnify  the several  U.S. Underwriters and
International Underwriters  against certain  liabilities, including  liabilities
under  the Securities Act,  or contribute to payments  the U.S. Underwriters and
International Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 

     The U.S.  Underwriters  have  reserved  for sale,  at  the  initial  public
offering price, approximately 160,000 of the Shares offered hereby to directors,
officers  and employees  of the Company,  their business  affiliates and related
parties, in each case as such  persons have expressed an interest in  purchasing
such  Shares in the  Offerings. The number  of Shares available  for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved
Shares. Any  reserved  Shares not  so  purchased will  be  offered by  the  U.S.
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other Shares offered
hereby.

 
     Prior  to the Offerings,  there has been  no public market  for the Shares.
Accordingly,  the  initial  public  offering  price  for  the  Shares  has  been
determined  by negotiation among the Company,  the Selling Stockholder, the U.S.
Representatives and the International Representatives.  Among the factors to  be
considered  in  determining  the  initial  public  offering  price  will  be the
Company's record  of operations,  its current  financial condition,  its  future
prospects,  the  market  for its  products,  the experience  of  management, the
economic conditions of the Company's industry in general, the general  condition
of  the equity securities market, the demand for similar securities of companies
considered comparable to the Company and other relevant factors. There can be no
assurance, however, that  the prices  at which Shares  will sell  in the  public
market  after the Offerings will  not be lower than the  price at which they are
sold by the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the Shares will be passed on for  the
Company  by  Goodwin, Procter  & Hoar  LLP, Boston,  Massachusetts, and  for the
Underwriters by Latham & Watkins, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The Consolidated Financial Statements of  the Company and its  Subsidiaries
as  of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period
ended December  31, 1995,  included  in this  Prospectus and  related  financial
statement  schedule  of  the  Company  included  elsewhere  in  the Registration
Statement have been audited by Deloitte  & Touche LLP, independent auditors,  as
stated  in  their reports  appearing  in this  Prospectus  and elsewhere  in the
Registration Statement, and are  included in reliance upon  the reports of  such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
                                    INDEX TO
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE NO.
                                                                                                          --------
 
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
Independent Auditors' Report -- Deloitte & Touche LLP..................................................      F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
  (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.......................................      F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) at March 31, 1996............      F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
  (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.......................................      F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
  1995 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1996.......................................      F-6
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................................      F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The General
Chemical  Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of  December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in  equity
(deficit)  for each of  the three years  in the period  ended December 31, 1995.
These financial statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly,  in
all material respects, the financial position of The General Chemical Group Inc.
and  subsidiaries  at December  31,  1994 and  1995,  and the  results  of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended
December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Parsippany, New Jersey
February 23, 1996 (April 15, 1996 as to the Richmond Works
July 26, 1993 Incident described in Note 5)
 
                                      F-2
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                           --------------------------------    --------------------
                                                             1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net revenues............................................   $518,718    $525,912    $550,871    $128,661    $144,571
Cost of sales...........................................    363,268     361,637     387,255      92,850     103,060
Selling, general and administrative expense.............     58,330      57,034      56,619      13,340      13,981
Richmond incident costs.................................      --          9,000       --          --          --
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Operating profit........................................     97,120      98,241     106,997      22,471      27,530
Interest expense........................................     37,917      33,006      26,704       6,802       6,464
Interest income.........................................      3,019       2,487       2,937         811         608
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses.............      1,719       4,004      (1,382)       (142)        (51)
Other expense (income), net.............................       (651)         63         735          61         (86)
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income before minority interest, income taxes and
  extraordinary item....................................     61,154      63,655      83,877      16,561      21,811
Minority interest.......................................     17,733      16,957      19,458       4,139       6,458
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item.......     43,421      46,698      64,419      12,422      15,353
Income tax provision....................................     16,185      18,393      43,326       4,532       6,037
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income before extraordinary item........................     27,236      28,305      21,093       7,890       9,316
Extraordinary item -- loss from extinguishment of debt
  (net of tax)..........................................     (2,085)     (8,203)      --          --          --
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
     Net income.........................................   $ 25,151    $ 20,102    $ 21,093    $  7,890    $  9,316
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Income (loss) per common share:
     Income before extraordinary item...................   $   1.38    $   1.43    $   1.07    $    .40    $    .47
     Extraordinary item.................................       (.11)       (.41)      --          --          --
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
          Net income....................................   $   1.27    $   1.02    $   1.07    $    .40    $    .47
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
      See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,
                                                                           ----------------------    -----------
                                                                             1994         1995          1996
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
                                 ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents..........................................   $  28,701    $  19,025     $   21,623
     Receivables, net...................................................      90,034       93,231        103,391
     Inventories........................................................      36,245       41,970         43,615
     Deferred income taxes..............................................      13,003       14,041         14,436
     Other current assets...............................................       1,224        1,485          1,648
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
          Total current assets..........................................     169,207      169,752        184,713
Property, plant and equipment, net......................................     209,066      215,557        216,796
Other assets............................................................      55,354       46,016         43,822
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
          Total assets..................................................   $ 433,627    $ 431,325     $  445,331
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
 
                    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable...................................................   $  50,425    $  50,987     $   50,171
     Accrued liabilities................................................      78,479       83,018         82,848
     Income taxes payable...............................................       7,131        4,238          7,923
     Current portion of long-term debt..................................       3,000       21,892         19,892
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
          Total current liabilities.....................................     139,035      160,135        160,834
Long-term debt..........................................................     301,750      269,603        268,185
Other liabilities.......................................................     182,081      188,645        188,737
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
          Total liabilities.............................................     622,866      618,383        617,756
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
Minority interest.......................................................      27,592       28,278         33,634
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
Equity (deficit):
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized: 10,000,000 shares;
       issued and outstanding: none.....................................      --           --            --
     Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized: 50,000,000 shares; issued
       and outstanding: 19,736,842 shares...............................         197          197            197
     Capital deficit....................................................    (237,140)    (237,140)      (237,140)
     Foreign currency translation adjustments...........................      (1,414)      (1,362)        (1,401)
     Retained earnings..................................................      21,526       22,969         32,285
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
          Total equity (deficit)........................................    (216,831)    (215,336)      (206,059)
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
          Total liabilities and equity (deficit)........................   $ 433,627    $ 431,325     $  445,331
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
                                                                           ---------    ---------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
      See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,
                                                                    ----------------------------------    --------------------
                                                                      1993         1994         1995        1995        1996
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)      (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income..................................................   $  25,151    $  20,102    $ 21,093    $  7,890    $  9,316
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
       operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization..........................      28,319       26,700      28,258       7,230       7,539
          Loss on extinguishment of debt.........................       3,441       13,570       --          --          --
          Net (gain) loss on disposition of long-term assets.....        (959)       1,023         950           3          85
          Unrealized exchange (gain) loss........................       2,106        3,101      (1,586)       (160)         67
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
          (Increase) decrease in receivables.....................       2,029      (13,894)     (2,631)      8,147     (10,657)
          (Increase) decrease in inventories.....................       5,032          755      (5,406)     (1,754)     (1,659)
          Increase (decrease) in accounts payable................      (1,755)       3,922         315      (5,230)       (806)
          Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities.............      10,600       (2,371)      4,379      (3,540)        (94)
          Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable............       6,837       (5,599)     (2,866)      1,969       3,673
          Increase (decrease) in other assets and liabilities....      12,410        7,297      13,279         994        (133)
          Increase (decrease) in minority interest...............      (6,662)      (2,179)        686       2,893       5,356
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
               Net cash provided by operating activities.........      86,549       52,427      56,471      18,442      12,687
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital expenditures........................................     (20,221)     (28,503)    (34,093)     (7,162)     (8,622)
     Net sales of short-term investments.........................      21,293       --           --          --          --
     Proceeds from sales or disposals of long-term assets........       1,401          183         577           9       --
     (Loans to) payments from related parties....................      --          (14,000)      --          --          2,000
     Cash acquired in excess of purchase price of acquisition....      --            2,426       --          --          --
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
               Net cash provided by (used for) investing
                 activities......................................       2,473      (39,894)    (33,516)     (7,153)     (6,622)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from long-term debt................................     178,374      243,964       6,200       1,300       5,000
     Repayment of long-term debt.................................    (244,080)    (257,214)    (19,455)     (9,305)     (8,418)
     Dividends...................................................     (13,730)     (13,800)    (19,650)     (2,700)      --
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
               Net cash used for financing activities............     (79,436)     (27,050)    (32,905)    (10,705)     (3,418)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash..........................        (674)        (600)        274          39         (49)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................       8,912      (15,117)     (9,676)        623       2,598
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.................      34,906       43,818      28,701      28,701      19,025
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.......................   $  43,818    $  28,701    $ 19,025    $ 29,324    $ 21,623
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
Supplemental information:
     Cash paid for income taxes..................................   $  19,199    $  23,347    $ 22,704    $  2,743    $  2,268
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
     Cash paid for interest......................................   $  34,510    $  31,307    $ 25,543    $  7,867    $  7,299
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
      See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                  FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
           AND (UNAUDITED) FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FOREIGN
                                                                         CURRENCY
                                                 COMMON     CAPITAL     TRANSLATION    RETAINED
                                                 STOCK      DEFICIT     ADJUSTMENTS    EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<S>                                              <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992..................    $--      $(237,140)     $  (828)     $  --       $(237,968)
     Net income...............................                                           25,151       25,151
     Dividends (Per Share $.49)...............                                           (9,730)      (9,730)
     Foreign currency translation.............                               (504)                      (504)
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993..................    --        (237,140)      (1,332)       15,421     (223,051)
     Net income...............................                                           20,102       20,102
     Dividends (Per Share $.70)...............                                          (13,800)     (13,800)
     Stock split in the form of dividend......     197                                     (197)      --
     Foreign currency translation.............                                (82)                       (82)
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994..................     197      (237,140)      (1,414)       21,526     (216,831)
     Net income...............................                                           21,093       21,093
     Dividends (Per Share $1.00)..............                                          (19,650)     (19,650)
     Foreign currency translation.............                                 52                         52
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995..................     197      (237,140)      (1,362)       22,969     (215,336)
     Net income (unaudited)...................                                            9,316        9,316
     Foreign currency translation
       (unaudited)............................                                (39)                       (39)
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited).........    $197     $(237,140)     $(1,401)     $ 32,285    $(206,059)
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
                                                 ------    ---------    -----------    --------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
      See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     The  General Chemical  Group Inc.  (the 'Company')  formerly known  as NHO,
Inc., is a  Delaware corporation formed  in 1988. In  January 1989, the  Company
acquired  New Hampshire Oak, Inc. ('New Hampshire Oak'). Through March 31, 1994,
the Company operated  primarily through two  wholly-owned subsidiaries,  General
Chemical  Corporation ('GCC') and Exeter Oak  Inc. ('Exeter'). On April 1, 1994,
Exeter contributed certain  assets and liabilities  to its subsidiaries:  Toledo
Technologies,   Inc.  ('Toledo'),  Balcrank  Products,  Inc.  ('Balcrank'),  and
Printing Developments,  Inc. ('PDI').  Exeter was  then merged  with its  parent
company, New Hampshire Oak.
 
     The Company is a diversified manufacturing company predominantly engaged in
the  production of inorganic chemicals, with manufacturing facilities located in
the United States  and Canada. Through  its Chemical Segment,  the Company is  a
leading  producer  of soda  ash in  North  America, and  a major  North American
supplier  of  calcium  chloride,  sulfuric  acid  regenerative  services,   fine
chemicals,  water  treatment  chemicals,  printing  plates  and  chemicals,  and
electronic chemicals to a broad range of industrial and municipal customers. The
Chemical Segment  accounted  for  approximately  87  percent  of  the  Company's
consolidated  1995 net revenues. Through  its Manufacturing Segment, the Company
manufactures precision and highly engineered stamped and machined metal products
with an emphasis on automotive engine parts as well as fluid handling equipment,
manual controls and trailer  hitches for the  automotive market, which  combined
accounted  for approximately 13  percent of the  Company's consolidated 1995 net
revenues.
 
     The preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the  reported amounts of assets  and liabilities at  the
date  of  the financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of  revenues and
expenses during the  reporting period.  Actual results could  differ from  those
estimates.
 
     The  consolidated financial statements include  the accounts of the Company
and of all majority owned subsidiaries and General Chemical (Soda Ash)  Partners
('GCSAP')  of which the  Company indirectly owns  51 percent. Minority interests
relate solely to  partnerships, primarily  GCSAP, for  which the  Company has  a
controlling  interest. Intercompany balances and  transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.
 
     Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, using primarily  the
last-in,  first-out ('LIFO') method for  domestic production inventories and the
first-in, first-out ('FIFO') or average-cost  method for all other  inventories.
Production inventory costs include material, labor and factory overhead.
 
     Property,  plant and equipment are carried at cost. Mines and machinery and
equipment of GCSAP  are depreciated  using the  units-of-production method.  All
other  plant and equipment  are depreciated principally  using the straight-line
method, using estimated lives which range from 3 to 35 years. For tax  purposes,
depreciation is computed under prescribed methods.
 
     The  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  based on
differences between financial statement and tax bases of assets and  liabilities
using presently enacted tax rates.
 
     Accruals  for  environmental  liabilities  are  recorded  based  on current
interpretations of environmental laws and regulations when it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of such a liability can be reasonably
estimated.
 
     The Company provides for the expected costs to be incurred for the eventual
reclamation of mining properties pursuant  to local law. Land reclamation  costs
are  being  provided  for over  the  estimated  remaining life  of  the reserves
currently under lease.
 
     The Company  does  not hold  or  issue financial  instruments  for  trading
purposes. Amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swap agreements are
recognized  as increases  or reductions  in interest  expense in  the periods in
which they accrue.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
     The financial statements of  the foreign subsidiaries  of the Company  have
been  translated into  U.S. dollars  in accordance  with Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 52.
 
     For financial statement purposes,  all highly liquid instruments  purchased
with a maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.
 
     The  capital deficit at December 31, 1992  of $237,140 arose as a result of
dividends  and  distributions   exceeding  accumulated   earnings  and   capital
contributions.  Dividends in excess  of retained earnings  at the time dividends
are declared are charged to the capital deficit component of equity (deficit).
 
     On October 17, 1994,  the Board of Directors  approved an amendment to  the
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 202,994.4539 per share stock
dividend. All share and per share information has been retroactively restated to
give effect to such stock dividend.
 
     The Company evaluates the carrying value of its long-lived assets  whenever
there  is a significant change  in the use of an  asset and adjusts the carrying
value,  if  necessary,  to  reflect   the  amount  recoverable  through   future
operations.
 
     The  Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of ('FAS 121'). The Company is required
to adopt FAS 121 in 1996. This statement will require the Company to review  and
adjust  the carrying  amount of  long-lived assets  and certain  intangibles for
impairment whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying  amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company does not expect
that the  adoption of  FAS 121  will have  a material  effect on  the  Company's
results of operations or financial condition.
 
     Certain  prior period  amounts have been  reclassified to  conform with the
current presentation.
 
NOTE 2. INCOME TAXES
 
     Income before income taxes and extraordinary item is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       -----------------------------
                                                                        1993       1994       1995
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
United States.......................................................   $29,556    $32,748    $40,644
Foreign.............................................................    13,865     13,950     23,775
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
     Total..........................................................   $43,421    $46,698    $64,419
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The income tax provision consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       -----------------------------
                                                                        1993       1994       1995
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
United States:
     Current........................................................   $18,144    $14,377    $28,515
     Deferred.......................................................    (8,387)    (2,988)     3,544
Foreign:
     Current........................................................     6,464      7,497      8,867
     Deferred.......................................................    (1,901)    (2,765)      (601)
State:
     Current........................................................     3,605      2,914      2,127
     Deferred.......................................................    (1,740)      (642)       874
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
          Total.....................................................   $16,185    $18,393    $43,326
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
                                                                       -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
     Deferred income  taxes arise  from temporary  differences between  the  tax
basis  of assets  and liabilities  and their  reported amounts  in the financial
statements. A summary of the components  of deferred tax liabilities and  assets
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------
                                                                                    1994        1995
                                                                                  --------    --------
 
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Postretirement benefits...................................................   $ 29,798    $ 30,530
     Nondeductible accruals....................................................     46,002      40,204
     Foreign operations........................................................     11,411      10,384
     Other.....................................................................      --          1,342
                                                                                  --------    --------
          Total deferred tax assets............................................     87,211      82,460
          Valuation allowance..................................................    (15,875)    (17,516)
                                                                                  --------    --------
          Net deferred tax assets..............................................     71,336      64,944
                                                                                  --------    --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Property, plant and equipment.............................................     30,485      30,753
     Pensions..................................................................      7,197       7,448
     Inventory.................................................................      3,167       3,143
     Other.....................................................................      4,967       1,897
                                                                                  --------    --------
          Total deferred tax liabilities.......................................     45,816      43,241
                                                                                  --------    --------
               Net deferred tax asset..........................................   $ 25,520    $ 21,703
                                                                                  --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company  had deferred  tax assets  related to  foreign tax  credits of
$15,875 and $17,516 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, against which a
full valuation allowance  has been  recorded. A valuation  allowance of  $5,403,
$2,133 and $1,641 was provided during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The  difference between the effective income tax rate and the United States
statutory rate is reconciled below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   YEARS ENDED
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            -------------------------
                                                                            1993      1994      1995
                                                                            ----      ----      -----
 
<S>                                                                         <C>       <C>       <C>
U.S. federal statutory rate..............................................   35.0%     35.0%      35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit...............................    3.0       3.2        3.0
Tax effect of foreign operations.........................................    3.2       2.9        6.7
Provision for disputed items.............................................    --        --        26.5
Depletion................................................................   (4.5)     (2.8)      (4.6)
Other....................................................................    0.6       1.1        0.6
                                                                            ----      ----      -----
     Total...............................................................   37.3%     39.4%      67.2%
                                                                            ----      ----      -----
                                                                            ----      ----      -----
</TABLE>
 
     The Internal Revenue Service ('IRS') examinations of the Company's  federal
income  tax returns resulted in the issuance of a deficiency notice during 1995.
The Company has filed an administrative appeal with the IRS contesting the items
denoted in  the deficiency  notice.  Notwithstanding such  appeal, in  1995  the
Company  has recorded a  provision for disputed  items of $17,100  for all years
prior to 1995 in connection with the deficiency notice. Management believes  the
total amounts provided at December 31, 1995 are adequate.
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3. PENSION PLANS
 
     The  Company  maintains  several  defined  benefit  pension  plans covering
substantially all employees.  A participating  employee's annual  postretirement
pension  benefit is determined  by the employee's credited  service and, in most
plans, final average annual earnings with the Company. Vesting requirements  are
five  years in the U.S. and two years in Canada. The Company's funding policy is
to annually contribute  the statutorily required  minimum amount as  actuarially
determined.
 
     The net periodic pension cost for U.S. pension plans included the following
components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      -------------------------------
                                                                        1993       1994        1995
                                                                      --------    -------    --------
 
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>
Service cost (benefits earned during the year).....................   $  3,638    $ 4,238    $  3,826
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation......................     10,674     10,944      12,377
Actual return on assets............................................    (19,454)      (276)    (24,938)
Net amortization and deferral......................................     10,353     (9,030)     14,775
                                                                      --------    -------    --------
     Net periodic pension cost.....................................   $  5,211    $ 5,876    $  6,040
                                                                      --------    -------    --------
                                                                      --------    -------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     The  net periodic pension cost (income) for Canadian pension plans included
the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         -----------------------------
                                                                          1993       1994       1995
                                                                         -------    -------    -------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost (benefits earned during the year)........................   $ 1,109    $ 1,245    $ 1,140
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.........................     3,662      3,664      3,527
Actual return on assets...............................................    (8,654)    (1,209)    (6,614)
Net amortization and deferral.........................................     3,534     (3,399)     2,457
                                                                         -------    -------    -------
     Net periodic pension cost (income)...............................   $  (349)   $   301    $   510
                                                                         -------    -------    -------
                                                                         -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The funded status and (accrued) prepaid  pension cost for all plans are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   UNITED STATES                CANADA
                                                               ----------------------    --------------------
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,             DECEMBER 31,
                                                               ----------------------    --------------------
                                                                 1994         1995         1994        1995
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
 
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
     Vested.................................................   $(115,870)   $(145,840)   $(32,883)   $(38,348)
     Nonvested..............................................     (11,387)      (9,847)       (107)       (194)
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
     Accumulated benefit obligation.........................   $(127,257)   $(155,687)   $(32,990)   $(38,542)
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
Plan assets at fair value...................................   $ 122,293    $ 145,531    $ 51,241    $ 53,799
Projected benefit obligation................................    (149,749)    (179,743)    (42,934)    (48,178)
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
Projected benefit obligation (in excess of) less than plan
  assets....................................................     (27,456)     (34,212)      8,307       5,621
Unrecognized prior service cost.............................       8,507        7,738       1,094       1,034
Unrecognized net (gain) loss................................      (3,375)       3,839       9,055      12,690
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
     (Accrued) prepaid pension cost.........................   $ (22,324)   $ (22,635)   $ 18,456    $ 19,345
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
                                                               ---------    ---------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     The  Canadian  prepaid pension  cost  is included  in  other assets  on the
balance sheet. At March 31, 1996, this amount totalled $19,061.
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
     The assumptions used  in accounting for  the plans in  1993, 1994 and  1995
were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 UNITED STATES                                CANADA
                                                   --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
                                                      1993          1994          1995          1993           1994          1995   
                                                   ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------     ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Estimated discount rate............................   7 1/4 %       8 1/2 %       7 1/2 %       7 3/4%             9 %           8 %
Estimated long-term rate of return on assets.......       9             9             9            10              9             9
Average rate of increase in employee compensation..       5             5             5         5 1/4          5 1/4         5 1/4
 
</TABLE>
 
     On  January  1,  1994,  GCSAP  initiated  a  pension  plan  covering hourly
employees at GCSAP's manufacturing facility. These employees ceased to be active
participants  under  the  GCC  hourly  pension  plan,  resulting  in  a   $1,200
curtailment gain.
 
     The  dates used to measure plan assets  and liabilities were October 31 for
all plans.  Plan assets  are  invested primarily  in stocks,  bonds,  short-term
securities and cash equivalents.
 
NOTE 4. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
 
     The  Company  maintains  several  plans  providing  postretirement benefits
covering substantially all hourly  and the majority  of salaried employees.  The
Company  funds these benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis. The long-term portion of
accrued postretirement benefit cost of $81,162, $83,470 and $84,299 at  December
31,  1994  and 1995  and  March 31,  1996,  respectively, is  included  in other
liabilities on the balance sheet.
 
     The  net  periodic  postretirement  benefit  cost  included  the  following
components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ----------------------------
                                                                           1993      1994       1995
                                                                          ------    -------    -------
<S>                                                                       <C>       <C>        <C>
Service cost (benefits earned during the year).........................   $1,774    $ 1,609    $ 1,576
Interest cost on projected postretirement benefit obligation...........    6,125      4,327      4,862
Net amortization and deferral..........................................     (277)    (2,005)    (2,052)
                                                                          ------    -------    -------
     Net periodic postretirement benefit cost..........................   $7,622    $ 3,931    $ 4,386
                                                                          ------    -------    -------
                                                                          ------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The  funded  status and  accrued postretirement  benefit obligation  are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------
                                                                                    1994        1995
                                                                                  --------    --------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
     Retirees..................................................................   $(37,723)   $(39,506)
     Fully eligible plan participants..........................................     (9,068)    (10,978)
     Other active plan participants............................................    (11,380)    (15,367)
                                                                                  --------    --------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation..................................    (58,171)    (65,851)
Plan assets at fair value......................................................      --          --
                                                                                  --------    --------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.........    (58,171)    (65,851)
Unrecognized net reduction in prior service costs..............................    (15,916)    (14,343)
Unrecognized net gain..........................................................     (9,002)     (5,666)
                                                                                  --------    --------
Accrued postretirement benefit obligation......................................   $(83,089)   $(85,860)
                                                                                  --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     The assumptions used in accounting for the plans in 1994 were a 14  percent
health  care cost trend rate  (decreasing to 8 1/2 percent  in the year 2000 and
beyond) and an 8 1/2 percent discount rate for the U.S. plans and an 11  percent
health  care cost trend rate  (decreasing to 8 1/4 percent  in the year 1999 and
beyond), a 9  percent discount rate  and a 5  1/4 percent salary  scale for  the
Canadian plans.
 
     The  assumptions used in accounting for the plans in 1995 were a 12 percent
health care cost trend rate  (decreasing to 7 1/2 percent  in the year 2000  and
beyond)  and a 7 1/2 percent discount rate  for the U.S. plans and an 11 percent
health  care  cost   trend  rate   (decreasing  to   7  percent   in  the   year
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2000  and beyond), an 8  percent discount rate and a  5 1/4 percent salary scale
for the Canadian plans. A 1 percent increase in the health care trend rate would
increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by $6,133 at year end
1995 and the net periodic cost by $613 for the year.
 
     During 1993,  GCC negotiated  several  changes to  certain of  its  retiree
benefit  plans that established a maximum annual dollar cap for medical premiums
GCC would pay. These  plan amendments resulted in  an unrecognized reduction  in
prior service cost, which is being amortized over approximately 11 years.
 
NOTE 5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     Future   minimum  rental  payments  for  operating  leases  (primarily  for
transportation equipment, offices  and warehouses) having  initial or  remaining
noncancellable  lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 1995 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEARS ENDING
                                        DECEMBER 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                                                                            <C>
   1996.....................................................................................   $ 9,510
   1997.....................................................................................     7,686
   1998.....................................................................................     3,694
   1999.....................................................................................     2,782
   2000.....................................................................................       636
                                                                                               -------
                                                                                               $24,308
                                                                                               -------
                                                                                               -------
</TABLE>
 
     Rental expense for  the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995  was
$13,821, $13,254 and $13,531, respectively.
 
     Phantom  Equity  Program. Key  employees of  GCC  participate in  a phantom
equity program established  by GCC  (the 'Plan').  Each equity  unit provides  a
participant   with  the  opportunity   to  receive  payments,   based  upon  the
appreciation in the value of  GCC over a value established  in the Plan, in  the
event  of a sale, merger or public  offering involving GCC. A total of 2,740,000
equity  units  representing  the  right  to  receive  5  percent  of  the  total
appreciation  in the value of GCC  have been awarded. In the  event of a sale or
public offering  of  all of  the  assets or  capital  stock of  GCC,  the  total
estimated amount at December 31, 1995 payable to the participants, to be made in
three  installments, would range from a low of  $5,300 to a high of $14,700. For
the purposes of this  estimate, in the  absence of a public  market for the  GCC
share  value, a range  of price/earnings ratios of  publicly traded companies in
similar industries was used to determine the potential appreciation of the value
of GCC.
 
     Parent Guaranty  and Transfer  Agreement. A  restated parent  guaranty  and
transfer  agreement  between New  Hampshire Oak,  ACI International  Limited and
TOSOH America, Inc. provides  that in the event  that either New Hampshire  Oak,
ACI  International Limited or TOSOH America,  Inc. (such entities being referred
to as  a  'transferring  parent'  or 'nontransferring  parent'  as  the  context
requires)  proposes  to  sell or  otherwise  transfer  or cause  to  be  sold or
transferred the  voting securities  of GCC,  the Andover  Group, Inc.  or  TOSOH
Wyoming,  Inc. (the respective subsidiaries  constituting the partners of GCSAP)
as the case may be, the nontransferring parents will have the following options:
(1) to purchase the transferring parent's subsidiary's interest in GCSAP at fair
market  value;  (2)  to  require   the  transferring  parent  to  purchase   the
nontransferring  parents' subsidiaries' interest in  GCSAP at fair market value;
(3) to buy the voting  securities to be sold by  the transferring parent on  the
same  terms and  conditions and  at the  same price  as the  transferring parent
proposes to sell or otherwise transfer or  cause to be sold or transferred  such
voting  securities;  or (4)  to cause  the proposed  transferee to  purchase the
nontransferring parents' subsidiaries' interest in GCSAP for a price  reflecting
the  price to be paid by the  proposed transferee for such voting securities. In
the event
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
that New Hampshire Oak ceases to own at  least 51 percent of GCC while GCC is  a
partner, GCC shall pay to The Andover Group, Inc. $2,833.
 
     Richmond Works July 26, 1993 Incident.  On July 26, 1993, a pressure relief
device  on a railroad tank  car containing oleum that  was being unloaded at the
Company's Richmond, California, facility, ruptured during the unloading process,
causing the release of  a significant amount  of sulfur trioxide.  Approximately
150  lawsuits  seeking substantial  amounts of  damages  were filed  against the
Company on behalf  of in excess  of 60,000 claimants  in municipal and  superior
courts  of California (Contra  Costa and San Francisco  counties) and in federal
court (United States District  Court for the  Northern District of  California).
All  state court  cases were  coordinated before  a coordination  trial judge in
Contra Costa County  Superior Court (In  Re GCC Richmond  Works Cases, JCCP  No.
2906).  The court, among other things, appointed plaintiffs' liaison counsel and
a plaintiffs' management committee.  The federal court  cases were stayed  until
completion of the state court cases.
 
     After  several months of negotiation under  the supervision of a settlement
master,  the   Company  and   plaintiffs'   management  committee   executed   a
comprehensive settlement agreement which resolved the claims of approximately 95
percent  of the claimants  who filed lawsuits  arising out of  the July 26, 1993
incident, including the federal court  cases. After a final settlement  approval
hearing  on  October  27,  1995,  the  coordination  trial  judge  approved  the
settlement on November 22, 1995.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company, with  funds
to  be provided by its insurers pursuant  to the terms of the insurance policies
described below, has agreed to make available a maximum of $180,000 to implement
the settlement. Various 'funds'  and 'pools' are  established by the  settlement
agreement  to  compensate claimants  in  different subclasses  who  meet certain
requirements. Of this amount, $24,000  has been allocated for punitive  damages,
notwithstanding  the  Company's  strong  belief that  punitive  damages  are not
warranted. The settlement  also makes  available a  maximum of  $23,000 of  this
$180,000 for the payment of legal fees and litigation costs to plaintiffs' class
counsel and the plaintiffs' management committee.
 
     The settlement agreement provides, among other things, that while claimants
may  'opt out' of the compensatory damages  portion of the settlement and pursue
their own case separate and apart from the class settlement mechanism, they have
no right  to  opt  out  of  the punitive  damages  portion  of  the  settlement.
Consequently,  under the  terms of  the settlement,  no party  may seek punitive
damages from  the Company  outside  of those  provided  by the  settlement.  The
deadline  for claimants electing to opt  out of the compensatory damages portion
of the settlement  was October 5,  1995, and fewer  than 3,000 claimants,  which
constitutes  approximately  5 percent  of the  total  number of  claimants, have
elected to so opt out. The various settlement pools and funds will be reduced to
fund the Company's defense and/or settlement (if any) of opt-out claims.  Except
with respect to compensatory damage claims by claimants electing to opt out, the
settlement  fully releases  from all  claims arising  out of  the July  26, 1993
incident the Company and all  of its related entities, shareholders,  directors,
officers  and employees, and all other entities who have been or could have been
sued as a result  of the July  26, 1993 incident, including  all those who  have
sought or could seek indemnity from the Company.
 
     Under the terms of the settlement agreement, settling claimants may receive
payment  of their claims prior to the resolution of any appeal of the settlement
upon providing,  among  other  things,  a  signed  release  document  containing
language  which fully releases  the Company from any  further claims, either for
compensatory or punitive  damages, arising out  of the July  26, 1993  incident.
Plaintiffs'  liaison counsel are currently undertaking to obtain signed releases
from the approximately 95 percent of  claimants who have elected to  participate
in  the settlement, and  as of April  15, 1996 the  Company had already received
releases from approximately 85 percent of the settling claimants. Final payments
to the plaintiffs' management  committee on behalf  of these settling  claimants
have  been  made  with  funds provided  principally  by  the  Company's insurers
pursuant to the terms of the
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
insurance policies  described  below,  and  further payments  will  be  made  as
additional releases are received and reviewed.
 
     Notices  of appeal  of all  or portions of  the settlement  approved by the
court have  been  filed  by  five law  firms  representing  approximately  2,750
claimants,  with approximately 2,700 of these  claimants represented by the same
law firm. These claimants have not specified the amount of their claims in court
documents, although  the Company  believes that  their alleged  injuries are  no
different  in nature  or extent  than those  alleged by  the settling claimants.
Based on papers filed by the appellants in the California Court of Appeals,  the
primary  grounds for appeal are expected to be that the settlement is not 'fair,
reasonable and adequate'  under California law,  that the trial  court erred  in
certifying  a  class  action for  purposes  of  settlement and  in  certifying a
mandatory  punitive  damage  class,  that  the  trial  court  awarded  excessive
attorneys'  fees to the  plaintiffs' management committee  and plaintiffs' class
counsel, that the trial court exceeded its authority in reducing contingent fees
payable to attorneys for representing  individual claimants, and that the  trial
court  erroneously  applied a  state  statute that  governs  unclaimed residuals
remaining from class action settlements. If the settlement is upheld on  appeal,
the  Company believes that any  further liability in excess  of the amounts made
available under the settlement agreement (such as for opt-outs) will not  exceed
the available insurance coverage, if at all, by an amount that could be material
to its financial condition or results of operations.
 
     The  settlement also includes terms and  conditions designed to protect the
Company in the event that the settlement as approved by the court is  overturned
or  modified on appeal. If such an  overturn or modification occurs, the Company
has the  right  to terminate  the  settlement  and make  no  further  settlement
payments,   and  any  then  unexpended   portions  of  the  settlement  proceeds
(including, without  limitation,  the $24,000  punitive  damage fund)  would  be
available  to address any expenses and liabilities that might arise from such an
overturn or modification. In addition, as discussed above, in the event that the
settlement as approved  by the court  is overturned or  modified on appeal,  the
release  document  signed by  settling claimants  contains language  which fully
releases the  Company  from  any  further claims,  either  for  compensatory  or
punitive  damages,  arising  out of  the  July  26, 1993  incident.  The Company
believes that it will  have obtained releases from  a majority of the  remaining
settling  claimants prior  to any  such appeal  being ruled  on by  an appellate
court.
 
     While there can  be no assurances  regarding how an  appellate court  might
rule,  the Company believes that the settlement will be upheld on appeal. In the
event of a reversal or modification of the settlement on appeal, with respect to
lawsuits by any then  remaining claimants (opt-outs  and settling claimants  who
have not signed releases) the Company believes that, whether or not it elects to
terminate the settlement in the event it is overturned or modified on appeal, it
will have adequate resources from its available insurance coverage to vigorously
defend  these lawsuits  through their ultimate  conclusion, whether  by trial or
settlement. However, in the  event the settlement is  overturned or modified  on
appeal,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's  ultimate liability
resulting from  the  July 26,  1993  incident  would not  exceed  the  available
insurance  coverage  by  an amount  which  could  be material  to  its financial
condition or  results of  operations, nor  is the  Company able  to estimate  or
predict a range of what such ultimate liability might be, if any.
 
     The  Company has insurance coverage relating  to the July 26, 1993 incident
which totals $200,000.  The first two  layers of coverage  total $25,000 with  a
sublimit  of $12,000 applicable to  the July 26, 1993  incident, and the Company
also has excess  insurance policies of  $175,000 over the  first two layers.  In
1993, the Company reached an agreement with the carrier for the first two layers
whereby  the carrier paid  the Company $16,000  in settlement of  all claims the
Company had against  that carrier.  In the third  quarter of  1994, the  Company
recorded  a $9,000 charge  to earnings which  represents the Company's estimated
minimum liability (net of the  insurance settlement already received) for  costs
which  the Company believes it will incur  related to this matter. The Company's
excess insurance  policies, which  are written  by two  Bermuda-based  insurers,
provide coverage for
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
compensatory as well as punitive damages. Both insurers have executed agreements
with  the Company confirming their respective commitments to fund the settlement
as required by their insurance policies with the Company and as described in the
settlement agreement. In  addition, these  same insurers  currently continue  to
provide substantially the same insurance coverage to the Company.
 
     Environmental  Matters. Accruals for environmental liabilities are recorded
based  on  current   interpretations  of  applicable   environmental  laws   and
regulations  when it  is probable  that a  liability has  been incurred  and the
amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Estimates are  established
based upon information available to management to date, the nature and extent of
the  environmental liability,  the Company's experience  with similar activities
undertaken, estimates  obtained  from  outside consultants  and  the  legal  and
regulatory  framework  in the  jurisdiction in  which  the liability  arose. The
potential costs related to environmental  matters and their estimated impact  on
future  operations are difficult  to predict due  to the uncertainties regarding
the extent of  any required  remediation, the complexity  and interpretation  of
applicable  laws  and regulations,  possible modification  of existing  laws and
regulations or the adoption of  new laws or regulations  in the future, and  the
numerous  alternative remediation methods  and their related  varying costs. The
material components of  the Company's environmental  accruals include  potential
costs,  as applicable,  for investigation,  monitoring, remediation  and ongoing
maintenance  activities   at  any   affected  site.   Accrued  liabilities   for
environmental  matters were $15,875  and $16,628 at December  31, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. These amounts do not include estimated third party recoveries  nor
have they been discounted.
 
     In  1990,  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (the  'EPA')  released a
proposed rule, parts of which were finalized in 1993, that establishes standards
for the  implementation  of  a  corrective action  program  under  the  Resource
Conservation  and  Recovery  Act ('RCRA').  Corrective  action  programs require
facilities that are operating under a permit, or are seeking to treat, store  or
dispose  of  hazardous wastes,  or  to investigate  and  remediate environmental
contamination. During  the  third  quarter  of 1995,  the  Company  conducted  a
facility  investigation at  its Pittsburgh,  California, manufacturing facility,
pursuant to RCRA and the  terms of the Hazardous  Waste Facility Permit for  the
site,  and  submitted  the  report  of  such  investigation  to  the  California
Environmental Protection  Agency.  Additional  work relating  to  the  study  is
currently   ongoing.  The  Company  estimates   that  the  potential  costs  for
implementing corrective action at such facility will be less than $2,000 payable
over the next  several years and  has provided  for the estimated  costs in  its
accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
     In  1989,  groundwater  contamination  in  municipal  drinking  water wells
located in  the town  of Weaverville,  North Carolina  was identified  near  the
Weaverville  plant  of  the  Company's  Balcrank  subsidiary.  The contaminants,
primarily perchloroethylene  ('PCE'), were  present as  a result  of  discharges
which  took place  during the  tenure of  the former  property owner.  The North
Carolina Department of  Environmental Management ('NCDEM')  notified the EPA  of
the  PCE contamination, which notification resulted in the placement of the site
on the CERCLA  Information System ('CERCLIS'),  a list of  sites identified  for
further   investigation   under   the   Comprehensive   Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980. ('CERCLA') At the same time, under NCDEM
supervision,  Balcrank  voluntarily  commenced  remedial  activities,  including
installation  of a shallow groundwater remediation system. Results demonstrating
that substantial containment  of the  contaminants had been  achieved using  the
system  were submitted  to NCDEM  and to  the EPA  in October,  1993. Currently,
Balcrank, NCDEM  and the  EPA  are involved  in  discussions pursuant  to  which
Balcrank,  again under  NCDEM supervision,  will voluntarily  conduct additional
investigative activities with  respect to a  deeper bedrock aquifier,  including
remedial   feasibility  studies  and  activities  as  appropriate.  The  Company
estimates that the potential cost for any such activities will not exceed $4,300
payable over the next several years, and has provided for the estimated costs in
its accrual for environmental liabilities.
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
     In addition, under the authority  of the Canadian Environmental  Protection
Act,  on  February 14,  1995,  The Ministry  of  Environment and  Energy  of the
Province   of   Ontario   published    final   regulations   implementing    the
Municipal-Industrial  Strategic Abatement program  ('MISA') relative to effluent
discharges into Ontario waterways, including certain limitations on the toxicity
and alkalinity of  such effluent. The  new regulations and  their impact on  the
operation  of GC Canada's  Amherstburg facility, which  discharges effluent into
the Detroit River is  now estimated to require  capital expenditures which  will
not exceed $1,700 payable over the next five years and annual operating expenses
in connection with operating and maintaining the equipment necessary to meet the
proposed regulations which will not exceed $500 per year.
 
     Following  a period of voluntary testing and investigation performed by the
Company at its Marrero, Louisiana, aluminum sulfate manufacturing facility,  the
Company  executed  a  Cooperative  Agreement with  the  Louisiana  Department of
Environmental Quality-Inactive and Abandoned Sites Division on October 20, 1995.
This agreement  formalizes the  Company's willingness  to voluntarily  remediate
certain  contamination at  the facility  which occurred  during the  tenure of a
former owner. The Company  estimates that the potential  cost to remediate  such
contamination  will be less than $1,500 payable  over the next several years and
has provided for the estimated cost of such remediation plan in its accrual  for
environmental liabilities.
 
     By  letter dated March 22, 1990 from the EPA, the Company received a Notice
of Potential Liability pursuant  to Section 107(a) of  CERCLA with respect to  a
site  located in Front Royal, Virginia, owned  at the time by Avtex Fibers, Inc.
(the 'Avtex  Site'), which  has  filed for  bankruptcy.  A sulfuric  acid  plant
adjacent to the main Avtex Site was previously owned and operated by the Company
(the  'acid  plant').  The letter  requested  that the  Company  perform certain
activities at  the  acid plant  including  providing site  security,  preventing
discharges,  removing  certain specific  residue  and sludges  from  two storage
vessels and the  transfer line to  the main Avtex  facility and determining  the
extent  of  contamination  at the  site,  if  any. In  April  1991,  the Company
submitted a draft work plan with respect to the acid plant including each of the
activities requested by the  EPA discussed above. The  Company has provided  for
the  estimated  costs  of  $1,600  for  these  activities  in  its  accrual  for
environmental liabilities. The EPA has not yet responded to this work plan,  nor
has  it requested  that an initial  investigation and feasibility  study for the
acid plant be  performed. As a  result, the extent  of remediation required,  if
any,  is  unknown. The  Company believes  that  the acid  plant is  separate and
divisible from the  main Avtex  Site and,  as a result,  is not  subject to  any
liability  for costs  related thereto. The  Company will  continue to vigorously
assert this position with the  EPA. There has been  very limited contact by  the
EPA  with the Company  over the past  two years, as  it appears that  the EPA is
focused on remediation activities at the main Avtex Site.
 
     In addition to  the matters  discussed above,  the Company  is involved  in
other  claims,  litigation,  administrative proceedings  and  investigations and
remediation relative  to  environmental  matters. Although  the  amount  of  any
ultimate  liability which  could arise with  respect to these  matters cannot be
accurately predicted,  it is  the opinion  of management,  based upon  currently
available  information  and the  accruals  established, that  any  such ultimate
liability will  have  no material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's  financial
position.
 
NOTE 6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  Management Agreement
 
     Upon  its formation, the Company entered into a management agreement with a
company (the 'Management Company') owned by the then shareholders of the Company
under which  the  Company  received  corporate  supervisory  and  administrative
services  and strategic  guidance for a  quarterly fee. The  quarterly fees were
$1,275 and $1,475 in 1993 and 1994, respectively. The Company also paid  special
fees  of $725 and $250 in 1993 and 1994, respectively, to the Management Company
for services  rendered  in  connection with  restructuring,  financing  and  tax
 
                                      F-16
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
research.  The  management agreement  was terminated  on  December 29,  1994. On
December 30, 1994, the Company purchased all of the outstanding common stock  of
the  Management Company for  $50, which approximated  the net book  value of the
Management Company on the purchase date. On January 1, 1995, the Company entered
into a new management agreement with Latona Associates (which is controlled by a
stockholder  of  the  Company)  under  which  the  Company  receives   corporate
supervisory  and administrative services and  strategic guidance for a quarterly
fee of  $1,375. In  addition, in  connection with  any acquisition  or  business
combination  with respect  to which Latona  Associates advises  the Company, the
Company has agreed to pay Latona Associates additional fees comparable with fees
received by investment banking firms  for such services. This agreement  expires
on December 31, 2004.
 
  Notes Receivable
 
     On April 25, 1994, Toledo and PDI advanced $5,000 and $9,000, respectively,
to  a stockholder of the Company and a  former stockholder of the Company in the
form of  unsecured promissory  notes which  remain outstanding  at December  31,
1995.  The notes  bear interest  at 7.25  percent per  annum and  are payable in
installments through December 31, 2000. The non-current portions of the notes at
December 31,  1994 and  1995 were  $14,000 and  $11,200, respectively,  and  are
included  in other assets on the balance  sheet. On March 15, 1996 a stockholder
of the Company prepaid a $2,000 unsecured promissory note to Toledo.
 
NOTE 7. GEOGRAPHIC AND INDUSTRY SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
     Geographic area information is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           UNITED STATES (1)    FOREIGN (2)    ELIMINATIONS (3)     TOTAL
                                           -----------------    -----------    ----------------    --------
<S>                                        <C>                  <C>            <C>                 <C>
Net revenues:
     1993................................      $ 437,908         $ 120,004         $(39,194)       $518,718
     1994................................        450,284           118,920          (43,292)        525,912
     1995................................        472,157           122,659          (43,945)        550,871
Operating profit:
     1993................................      $  70,967         $  26,153          --             $ 97,120
     1994................................         72,746            25,495          --               98,241
     1995................................         80,390            26,607          --              106,997
Identifiable assets at December 31:
     1993................................      $ 327,512         $  98,432          --             $425,944
     1994................................        338,729            94,898          --              433,627
     1995................................        331,237           100,088          --              431,325
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Includes export  sales amounting  to $54,220,  $47,726 and  $59,320 for  the
    years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
(2) Principally  of  General  Chemical  Canada  Holding  Inc.,  a  wholly  owned
    subsidiary of GCC.
 
(3) Sales between geographic areas are  recorded at prices comparable to  market
    prices charged to third party customers and are eliminated in consolidation.
 
                                      F-17
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
     Industry segment information is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   CHEMICAL    MANUFACTURING    CORPORATE    TOTAL
                                                   --------    -------------    --------    --------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Net revenues:
     1993.......................................   $463,441       $55,277       $  --       $518,718
     1994.......................................    464,452        61,460          --        525,912
     1995.......................................    480,926        69,945          --        550,871
Operating profit:
     1993.......................................   $ 99,926       $ 2,029       $ (4,835)   $ 97,120
     1994.......................................     98,950         4,737         (5,446)     98,241
     1995.......................................    105,186         4,337         (2,526)    106,997
Identifiable assets at December 31:
     1993.......................................   $383,328       $31,628       $ 10,988    $425,944
     1994.......................................    378,958        45,112          9,557     433,627
     1995.......................................    377,014        49,833          4,478     431,325
Capital expenditures:
     1993.......................................   $ 17,633       $ 2,205       $    383    $ 20,221
     1994.......................................     20,873         7,630          --         28,503
     1995.......................................     29,099         4,994          --         34,093
Depreciation and amortization:
     1993.......................................   $ 26,546       $ 1,627       $    146    $ 28,319
     1994.......................................     25,074         1,479            147      26,700
     1995.......................................     26,188         2,020             50      28,258
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The following are summaries of selected balance sheet items:
 
  Receivables
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,
                                                           ------------------    -----------
                                                            1994       1995         1996
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Trade...................................................   $92,436    $92,281     $ 102,086
Other...................................................     3,558      6,624         7,061
Allowance for doubtful accounts.........................    (5,960)    (5,674)       (5,756)
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
                                                           $90,034    $93,231     $ 103,391
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
  Inventories
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,
                                                           ------------------    -----------
                                                            1994       1995         1996
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Raw materials...........................................   $ 8,532    $10,447      $10,184
Work in process.........................................     3,722      4,602        7,097
Finished products.......................................    16,782     19,061       18,252
Supplies and containers.................................     7,209      7,860        8,082
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
                                                           $36,245    $41,970      $43,615
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
                                                           -------    -------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
     Inventories  valued at LIFO amounted to $16,972 and $21,485 at December 31,
1994 and  1995, respectively,  which were  below estimated  replacement cost  by
$2,237  and $3,437, respectively. The impact  of LIFO liquidations in 1994, 1995
and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 was not significant.
 
                                      F-18
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     ----------------------
                                                                       1994         1995
                                                                     ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>
Land and improvements.............................................   $  21,935    $  23,223
Machinery and equipment...........................................     251,840      274,930
Buildings and leasehold improvements..............................      37,840       41,660
Construction in progress..........................................      17,074       13,541
Mines and quarries................................................      10,349       12,964
                                                                     ---------    ---------
                                                                       339,038      366,318
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....................    (129,972)    (150,761)
                                                                     ---------    ---------
                                                                     $ 209,066    $ 215,557
                                                                     ---------    ---------
                                                                     ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Accumulated depreciation and amortization at March 31, 1996 was $157,934.
 
  Accrued Liabilities
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------
                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                         -------    -------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>
Wages, salaries and benefits..........................................   $23,178    $23,359
Richmond incident.....................................................     4,387     10,823
Interest..............................................................     5,902      6,146
Taxes, other than income taxes........................................    11,101     10,652
Other.................................................................    33,911     32,038
                                                                         -------    -------
                                                                         $78,479    $83,018
                                                                         -------    -------
                                                                         -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          MARCH 31,
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,        -----------
                                                                 --------------------       1996
                                                    MATURITIES     1994        1995      -----------
                                                    ----------   --------    --------    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
GCC Debt:
     Bank Term Loan -- floating rate.............   1996-2001    $100,000    $100,000     $  95,652
     Senior Subordinated Notes -- 9.25%..........      2003       100,000     100,000       100,000
     Canada Senior Notes -- 9.09%................      1999        52,000      52,000        52,000
     U.S. Revolving Credit Facility -- floating
       rate......................................      1999        33,000      21,000        26,000
Toledo Debt:
     Bank Term Loan -- floating rate.............   1996-1998       9,500       8,250         6,250
     Revolving Credit Facility -- floating
       rate......................................      1998         1,000       3,300         2,500
PDI Debt:
     Bank Term Loan -- floating rate.............   1996-1998       9,250       6,945         5,675
                                                                 --------    --------    -----------
          Total Debt.............................                 304,750     291,495       288,077
          Less: Current Portion..................                  (3,000)    (21,892)      (19,892)
                                                                 --------    --------    -----------
          Net Long-Term Debt.....................                $301,750    $269,603     $ 268,185
                                                                 --------    --------    -----------
                                                                 --------    --------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
     Aggregate maturities of long-term  debt for each of  the years in the  five
year  period ending December 31, 2000  are $21,892 $22,642, $26,137, $90,392 and
$17,392, respectively.
 
     The U.S. Revolving  Credit Facility allows  GCC to borrow  up to  $130,000,
including letters of credit of up to $30,000, through March 31, 1999. The unused
letter  of credit balance was $21,066 at each  of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
March 31, 1996. This facility bears interest at a rate equal to a spread over  a
reference  rate chosen by the Company from  various options. The rates in effect
at each
 
                                      F-19
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996, were 6.9 percent, 6.8  percent
and 6.2 percent, respectively.
 
     General  Chemical Canada Limited has  a $15,000 (Canadian Dollar) Revolving
Credit Facility maturing June  22, 1997, subject to  one-year extensions at  the
lender's  discretion. This facility bears  interest at a rate  equal to a spread
over a reference  rate chosen by  General Chemical Canada  Limited from  various
options. At each of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996, there were no
outstanding borrowings under this facility.
 
     Commitment  fees paid for the above-mentioned facilities were $86, $354 and
$350 for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     The Bank  Term Loan  bears interest  at a  rate equal  to a  spread over  a
reference  rate chosen by GCC from various  options. The rates in effect at each
of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996, including effects of  interest
rate  swap  agreements (see  Note 10),  were  7.2 percent,  7.4 percent  and 7.4
percent, respectively.
 
     The U.S. Revolving Credit  Facility and the Bank  Term Loan are secured  by
(1)  substantially all of the assets of GCC, (2) 65 percent of the capital stock
of  General  Chemical  Canada  Holding  Inc.,  (3)  GCC's  51  percent   general
partnership  interest in GCSAP, and (4) all of the stock of the other direct and
indirect subsidiaries of GCC.
 
     During 1993 and 1994, GCC recorded extraordinary losses of $2,085 (net of a
tax  benefit  of  $1,356)  and  $8,203  (net  of  a  tax  benefit  of   $5,367),
respectively, related to the retirement of certain indebtedness.
 
     The  Toledo and PDI  term loans bear interest  at a rate  equal to a spread
over a reference rate chosen by  the respective companies from various  options.
The  rates in effect for  the Toledo term loan were  8.2 percent at December 31,
1994 and 1995 and 7.7 percent at March 31, 1996. The rates in effect for the PDI
term loan were 8.2 percent,  7.7 percent and 7.7  percent at December 31,  1994,
1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively.
 
     Toledo  has a $5,000  (reduced from $7,500 on  February 13, 1996) revolving
credit facility, including  letters of  credit up to  $2,000, available  through
December  31, 1998. The  unused letter of  credit balance was  $1,724 at each of
December 31, 1994  and 1995 and  March 31, 1996.  The revolving credit  facility
bears  interest at  a rate  equal to a  spread over  a reference  rate chosen by
Toledo from various options. The rates  in effect were 9.0 percent, 8.3  percent
and  7.7 percent  at each  of December  31, 1994  and 1995  and March  31, 1996,
respectively.  Commitment  fees  paid  were  $16  and  $8  for  1994  and  1995,
respectively.
 
     PDI  has a $3,000 revolving credit facility, including letters of credit of
up to $1,500, available through December  31, 1998. No amounts were  outstanding
under  the revolving credit facility  at each of December  31, 1994 and 1995 and
March 31,  1996. The  unused letter  of credit  balance was  $1,209 at  each  of
December  31, 1994 and  1995 and March  31, 1996. The  revolving credit facility
bears interest at a rate equal to a  spread over a reference rate chosen by  PDI
from  various options. Commitment fees  paid were $9 and  $10 for 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
     The Toledo and PDI term loans  and revolving credit facilities are  secured
by  all  inventory,  equipment,  fixtures,  receivables  and  trademarks  of the
respective companies and by pledges of their respective capital stock.
 
     Balcrank has a $1,000 revolving loan facility which expires April 30, 1997.
No amounts were outstanding under this  facility at December 31, 1994 and  1995.
At  each of December 31,  1994 and 1995 and March  31, 1996, Balcrank had unused
letters of  credit of  $145 under  the $500  letter of  credit portion  of  this
facility.  Balcrank's credit facility is secured by substantially all the assets
of Balcrank. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at a rate equal
to a spread over a
 
                                      F-20
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
reference rate chosen  by Balcrank  from various options.  Commitment fees  paid
were $4 and $2 for 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     While   certain  of   the  Company's   subsidiaries  debt   facilities  are
outstanding, the Company's subsidiaries must  meet specific financial tests,  on
an  ongoing basis, which are customary for  these types of facilities. Except as
provided by applicable corporate law, there are no restrictions on the Company's
ability to pay dividends  from retained earnings. However,  the payment of  cash
dividends  by the  Company's subsidiaries to  the Company is  subject to certain
restrictions under  the  terms  of various  agreements  covering  the  Company's
subsidiaries'  long-term debt. Toledo, PDI and  Balcrank are not permitted under
each subsidiary's respective  debt agreements  to pay  cash dividends.  Assuming
certain  financial covenants are met, General  Chemical is permitted to pay cash
dividends of up to 50 percent of the net income (subject to certain adjustments)
of General  Chemical  for the  applicable  period. Consequently,  the  Company's
ability to pay cash dividends on Common Stock may effectively be limited by such
agreements.
 
NOTE 10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  Interest Rate Swap Agreements
 
     The  Company  periodically enters  into  interest rate  swap  agreements to
effectively convert all  or a portion  of its floating-rate  debt to  fixed-rate
debt  in order to reduce the Company's risk to movements in interest rates. Such
agreements involve the  exchange of  fixed and floating  interest rate  payments
over  the life of the agreement without the exchange of the underlying principal
amounts. Accordingly,  the impact  of fluctuations  in interest  rates on  these
interest  rate swap  agreements is  fully offset by  the opposite  impact on the
related debt. Swap  agreements are  only entered into  with strong  creditworthy
counterparties. The swap agreements in effect were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       INTEREST RATE
                                                           NOTIONAL                 --------------------
                      DECEMBER 31,                          AMOUNT     MATURITIES   RECEIVE(1)    PAY(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------   --------    ----------   ----------    ------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
1994....................................................   $ 30,000       1998          5.7%        7.7%
1995....................................................     75,000    1998-1999        5.9         6.8
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) Three-month LIBOR.
 
(2) Represents the weighted average rate.
 
     In addition to the swap agreements described above, the Company has entered
into  a forward  swap agreement, which  will begin  in 1998 and  mature in 2002,
which has a notional amount of $30,000 and a fixed payment rate of 6.6 percent.
 
  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
     The estimated fair  values of  the Company's financial  instruments are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1994       DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                      --------------------    --------------------
                                                      CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                                       AMOUNT      VALUE       AMOUNT      VALUE
                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Long-term debt.....................................   $304,750    $295,000    $291,495    $295,495
Unrealized gain/(loss) on interest rate swap
  agreements.......................................      --            200       --         (3,600)
</TABLE>
 
     The  fair values of  cash and cash  equivalents and receivables approximate
their carrying values due to the short-term nature of the instruments.
 
     At December 31, 1995 the Company held $14,000 of unsecured promissory notes
receivable from a  stockholder of the  Company and a  former stockholder of  the
Company.  The notes bear interest  at 7.25 percent per  annum and are payable in
installments through December 31, 2000. It is not practicable for the Company to
estimate the  fair value  of these  notes due  to the  related party  nature  of
 
                                      F-21
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        THE GENERAL CHEMICAL GROUP INC.
         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONCLUDED)
 (INFORMATION AS OF AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
the  transactions.  However, on  March 15,  1996, a  stockholder of  the Company
prepaid $2,000 of these unsecured promissory notes in full.
 
     The fair value of the Company's  long-term debt was based on quoted  market
prices  for  publicly traded  notes  and discounted  cash  flow analyses  on its
nontraded debt. The fair value of the Company's interest rate swap agreements is
the estimated amount the Company would have  to pay or receive to terminate  the
swap  agreements  based  upon  quoted market  prices  as  provided  by financial
institutions which are counterparties to the swap agreements.
 
NOTE 11. OTHER INFORMATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as of March 31,
1996 and  for  the  three month  periods  ended  March 31,  1995  and  1996  are
unaudited.  In the opinion  of management, the  unaudited consolidated financial
statements  reflect  all  adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal   recurring
adjustments,  necessary to present fairly the  financial position of the Company
at March 31, 1996  and its results  of operations and cash  flows for the  three
months  ended March 31, 1995  and 1996. The unaudited  results of operations for
the three months  ended March  31, 1996 are  not necessarily  indicative of  the
results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 1996.
 
                                      F-22


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR ANY  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDER OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATES AS OF WHICH INFORMATION IS GIVEN IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  BY
ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED
OR  IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO
SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH SOLICITATION.
 
                         ------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                                                       ----
 
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
Additional Information..............................................................................................     2
Prospectus Summary..................................................................................................     3
Risk Factors........................................................................................................     8
Use of Proceeds.....................................................................................................    15
Dividend Policy.....................................................................................................    15
Dilution............................................................................................................    16
Capitalization......................................................................................................    17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data................................................................................    18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...............................    19
Business............................................................................................................    28
Management..........................................................................................................    47
Principal and Selling Stockholders..................................................................................    58
Certain Relationships and Transactions..............................................................................    59
Description of Indebtedness.........................................................................................    60
Description of Capital Stock........................................................................................    63
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....................................................................................    67
Underwriting........................................................................................................    68
Legal Matters.......................................................................................................    71
Experts.............................................................................................................    71
Index to Financial Statements.......................................................................................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
                         ------------------------------
 

UNTIL JUNE  9, 1996  (25 DAYS  AFTER  THE COMMENCEMENT  OF THIS  OFFERING),  ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN  THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  IS IN
ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING  AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

 
7,500,000 SHARES
THE GENERAL CHEMICAL
GROUP INC.
 
COMMON STOCK
($.01 PAR VALUE)
 
[LOGO]
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
  SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
LAZARD FRERES & CO. LLC
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
   INCORPORATED
 

PROSPECTUS
DATED MAY 15, 1996



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
  [ALTERNATE PROSPECTUS COVER PAGE, FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]

PROSPECTUS

7,500,000 SHARES
 
[LOGO]
 
COMMON STOCK
($.01 PAR VALUE)
 
Of the 7,500,000 shares (the 'Shares') of common stock, $.01 par value per share
(the 'Common Stock'), of The General Chemical Group Inc. (the 'Company') offered
hereby,  2,500,000 Shares are being sold by the Company and 5,000,000 Shares are
being sold by a current stockholder of the Company (the 'Selling  Stockholder').
See  'Principal  and Selling  Stockholders.' The  Company  will not  receive any
proceeds from the sale of Shares by the Selling Stockholder.
 
The Shares are  being sold in  two concurrent offerings  (the 'Offerings'),  one
offering initially in the United States and Canada (the 'U.S. Offering') through
U.S. underwriters (the 'U.S. Underwriters') and one initially outside the United
States   and  Canada   (the  'International   Offering')  through  international
underwriters (the 'International Underwriters').  The U.S. Underwriters and  the
International  Underwriters  are  hereinafter collectively  referred  to  as the
'Underwriters.' Of  the  7,500,000 Shares  being  offered, 6,400,000  are  being
offered   in  the  U.S.  Offering  and   1,100,000  are  being  offered  in  the
International Offering, subject to transfers  between the U.S. Underwriters  and
the International Underwriters. See 'Underwriting.'
 

Prior  to the Offerings, there  has been no public  market for the Common Stock.
For information relating to  the factors considered  in determining the  initial
public  offering price, see  'Underwriting.' The Common  Stock has been approved
for listing,  subject to  official notice  of issuance,  on the  New York  Stock
Exchange under the trading symbol 'GCG.'

 
The  Company is authorized to  issue Common Stock and  Class B Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the 'Class B Common Stock'). The Common Stock is  entitled
to  one vote  per share and  is not convertible  into Class B  Common Stock. The
Class  B  Common  Stock  is  entitled  to  10  votes  per  share,  is  generally
non-transferable  and is convertible at any time on a share-for-share basis into
Common Stock. See 'Description of Capital Stock.'
 
Upon  completion   of  the   Offerings,  the   Company's  current   stockholders
collectively will own 100 percent of the outstanding Class B Common Stock, which
will represent 95.2 percent of the combined voting power of the shares of Common
Stock  and  Class B  Common  Stock (assuming  no  exercise of  the Underwriters'
over-allotment options). Paul M. Montrone,  the Chairman of the Company's  Board
of  Directors, is the sole  trustee of a voting  trust which, upon completion of
the Offerings, will hold all  shares of the Class B  Common Stock then owned  by
the  Company's current stockholders and therefore  may be deemed to beneficially
own all such shares. See 'Principal and Selling Stockholders.'
 
SEE 'RISK FACTORS' BEGINNING ON PAGE 8  FOR CERTAIN RISK AND OTHER FACTORS  THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 PROCEEDS TO
                                             PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO     SELLING
                                             PUBLIC          DISCOUNT            COMPANY(1)      STOCKHOLDER(1)(2)
<S>                                          <C>             <C>                 <C>             <C>
Per Share.................................   $17.50          $1.09               $16.41          $16.41
Total(2)..................................   $131,250,000    $8,175,000          $41,025,000     $82,050,000
</TABLE>

 

(1) Before deducting  estimated  expenses of  $1,275,000  of which  $425,000  is
    payable by the Company and $850,000 is payable by the Selling Stockholder.


(2) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have granted the Underwriters 30-day
    options  to purchase up  to 375,000 and 750,000  additional shares of Common
    Stock, respectively, on  the same terms  and conditions as  set forth  above
    solely  to cover over-allotments,  if any. If such  options are exercised in
    full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount, Proceeds to  Company
    and  Proceeds  to  Selling Stockholders  will  be  $150,937,500, $9,401,250,
    $47,178,750 and $94,357,500, respectively.  The Selling Stockholder has  the
    right  to assume any or all of  the Company's option to the Underwriters. If
    such option is fully assumed, and such option and the Selling  Stockholder's
    option to the Underwriters are exercised in full, the total Price to Public,
    Underwriting   Discount,  Proceeds  to  Company   and  Proceeds  to  Selling
    Stockholder will be $150,937,500, $9,401,250, $41,025,000 and  $100,511,250,
    respectively. See 'Underwriting.'

 

The Shares are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters, to
prior  sale and to  the Underwriters' right to  reject any order  in whole or in
part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is  expected
that  delivery of the Shares will be made at the office of Salomon Brothers Inc,
Seven World Trade Center, New York, New  York, or through the facilities of  The
Depository Trust Company, on or about May 21, 1996.

 
 SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
                      DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                          SECURITIES CORPORATION

                                    LAZARD CAPITAL MARKETS
                                                       MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS MAY 15, 1996.              INTERNATIONAL

 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    [Alternate Underwriting section for International Prospectus]
 
                   CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
                           NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
     The  following is a discussion of  certain anticipated United States income
and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Common Stock
by a  'Non-United  States  Holder.'  For  the  purpose  of  this  discussion,  a
'Non-United  States Holder' is  any person or  entity that is,  as to the United
States, a  foreign  corporation,  a non-resident  alien  individual,  a  foreign
partnership  or a non-resident  fiduciary of a  foreign estate or  trust as such
terms are defined in the Code. This discussion does not deal with all aspects of
United States income and estate taxation and does not address foreign, state and
local tax consequences  that may  be relevant  to Non-United  States Holders  in
light  of their personal circumstances. Furthermore, the following discussion is
based on  current  provisions  of  the  Code  and  administrative  and  judicial
interpretations  as of  the date  hereof, all  of which  are subject  to change.
Prospective foreign investors are urged to consult their tax advisors  regarding
the  United States federal, state, local  and non-United States income and other
tax consequences of owning and disposing of Common Stock.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     Generally, any dividend paid to a Non-United States Holder of Common  Stock
will  be subject to United States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the
gross amount  of the  dividend or  at  a lesser  applicable treaty  rate.  Under
current  United States Treasury  regulations, dividends paid to  an address in a
country other than the United  States are presumed to be  paid to a resident  of
such  country for purposes of the  withholding discussed above (unless the payor
has knowledge to the contrary) and,  under the current interpretation of  United
States  Treasury regulations, for purposes of determining the applicability of a
tax treaty rate. However, under proposed United States Treasury regulations  not
currently  in effect, a Non-United  States Holder of Common  Stock who wishes to
claim the benefit  of an  applicable treaty rate  would be  required to  satisfy
applicable  certification  and  other  requirements.  Dividends  received  by  a
Non-United States Holder  that are  effectively connected with  a United  States
trade  or business  conducted by such  Non-United States Holder  are exempt from
such withholding  tax. However,  such effectively  connected dividends,  net  of
certain deductions and credits, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable
to  United States persons.  A Non-United States Holder  may claim exemption from
withholding under the effectively connected income exception by filing Form 4224
(Statement Claiming  Exemption from  Withholding of  Tax on  Income  Effectively
Connected With the Conduct of Business in the United States) with the Company or
its paying agent.
 
     In  addition to the graduated tax  described above, dividends received by a
corporate Non-United States Holder that are effectively connected with a  United
States  trade or business of the corporate  Non-United States Holder may also be
subject to a  branch profits  tax at a  rate of  30% or at  a lesser  applicable
treaty rate.
 
DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK
 
     A  Non-United States Holder generally will  not be subject to United States
federal income tax on any gain realized  upon the sale or other dispositions  of
Common  Stock unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with a United States
trade or business of the Non-United States  Holder, (ii) in the case of  certain
Non-United  States Holders who  are non-resident alien  individuals and hold the
Common Stock as  a capital  asset, such individuals  are present  in the  United
States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other
conditions  are met, or (iii)  the Company is or has  been a 'United States real
property holding corporation' ('USRPHC') for federal income tax purposes at  any
time  within the shorter  of the five-year period  preceding such disposition or
such holder's holding period and, provided that the Common Stock continues to be
'regularly traded on  an established  securities market' for  tax purposes,  the
Non-United  States Holder held,  directly or indirectly, at  any time during the
five-year period  ending  on  the date  of  disposition,  more than  5%  of  the
outstanding Common Stock. The Company has determined that it is not and does not
believe  that it will become a USRPHC  for federal income tax purposes. Although
the Company believes that the Common Stock will be treated as 'regularly  traded
on  an established securities market,' if the  Common Stock were not so treated,
on  a   sale  or   other  disposition   of  such   stock,  the   transferee   of

                                      68

 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    [Alternate Underwriting section for International Prospectus]
such  stock  would  be  required  to  withhold  10%  of  the  proceeds  of  such
disposition, unless either the Company were  to provide a certification that  it
is not (and has not been during a specific period) a USRPHC or another exemption
applied.  If a Non-United States Holder falls under clause (i) above, the holder
will be taxed  on the net  gain derived  from the sale  under regular  graduated
United  States  federal  income  tax  rates  (and,  with  respect  to  corporate
Non-United States  Holders,  may also  be  subject  to the  branch  profits  tax
described  above). If an individual Non-United  States Holder falls under clause
(ii) above,  the holder  generally will  be subject  to a  30% tax  on the  gain
derived  from  the  sale,  which  gain may  be  offset  by  U.S.  capital losses
recognized within the same taxable year of such sale.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
     Generally, the Company must report to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service the
amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount,
if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax
treaties or other  agreements, the U.S.  Internal Revenue Service  may make  its
reports available to tax authorities in the recipient's country of residence.
 
     Dividends  paid  to a  Non-United States  Holder at  an address  within the
United States may  be subject  to backup  withholding at a  rate of  31% if  the
Non-United  States Holder fails to establish that it is entitled to an exemption
or to provide a correct taxpayer identification number and other information  to
the payor.
 
     The  payment  of the  proceeds of  the  disposition of  Common Stock  to or
through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting
and backup  withholding  at  a rate  of  31%  unless the  holder  certifies  its
non-United  States status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an
exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding will not
apply to a payment of  disposition proceeds if the  payment is made outside  the
United  States  through  a  non-U.S.  office  of  a  non-U.S.  broker.  However,
information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to  a
payment  of disposition  proceeds outside  the United  States through  an office
outside the United States of a broker that is (a) a United States person, (b)  a
United States controlled foreign corporation or (c) a foreign person 50% or more
of  whose gross  income for  certain periods  is from  a United  States trade or
business unless such broker has documentary evidence in its files of the owner's
foreign status and has no actual knowledge to the contrary.
 
     Backup withholding is not an additional  tax. Rather, the tax liability  of
persons  subject to  backup withholding  will be  reduced by  the amount  of tax
withheld. If withholding  results in an  overpayment of taxes,  a refund may  be
obtained  provided  that  the  required information  is  furnished  to  the U.S.
Internal Revenue Service.
 
UNITED STATES ESTATE TAX
 
     An individual Non-United States Holder who owns Common Stock at the time of
his death or has made certain lifetime transfers of an interest in Common  Stock
will  be required to include the value of  such Common Stock in his gross estate
for United States federal estate tax  purposes, unless an applicable estate  tax
treaty provides otherwise.

                                      69
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    [Alternate Underwriting section for International Prospectus]
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the International
Underwriting Agreement, the Company and  the Selling Stockholder have agreed  to
sell  to each  of the  International Underwriters named  below, and  each of the
International Underwriters,  for whom  Salomon Brothers  International  Limited,
Donaldson,  Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Lazard Capital Markets and
Morgan Stanley & Co.  International Limited are  acting as representatives  (the
'International  Representatives'),  has severally  agreed  to purchase  from the
Company and the Selling  Stockholder the respective number  of Shares set  forth
opposite its name below:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS                                                          SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
 
<S>                                                                                <C>
Salomon Brothers International Limited..........................................     275,000
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.............................     275,000
Lazard Capital Markets..........................................................     275,000
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited......................................     275,000
                                                                                   ---------
Total...........................................................................   1,100,000
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>

 
     In  the  International  Underwriting Agreement,  the  several International
Underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein,
to purchase all of the 1,100,000 of the Shares offered hereby (other than Shares
covered by the  over-allotment option described  below) if any  such Shares  are
purchased.  In  the event  of a  default by  any International  Underwriter, the
International Underwriting Agreement  provides that,  in certain  circumstances,
purchase  commitments  of the  nondefaulting  International Underwriters  may be
increased or the International Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
 

     The International Underwriters have agreed to purchase such Shares from the
Company and the Selling  Stockholder at the public  offering price set forth  on
the  cover page of this  Prospectus and the Company  and the Selling Stockholder
have agreed to pay the International Underwriters the underwriting discount  set
forth  on the cover page  of this Prospectus for  each so purchased. The Company
and  the   Selling  Stockholder   have  been   advised  by   the   International
Representatives that the several International Underwriters propose initially to
offer  such Shares at the  public offering price set forth  on the cover page of
this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price, less a concession not  in
excess  of $.65, per  Share. The International Underwriters  may allow, and such
dealers may reallow, a concession not in  excess of $.10 per share. After  these
Offerings,  the public offering  price and such concessions  may be changed. The
International Underwriters do not intend to  confirm sales to any accounts  over
which they exercise discretionary authority.

 
     The  Selling Stockholder and the Company  have granted to the International
Underwriters options, exercisable  during the  30-day period after  the date  of
this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to  110,000  and  55,000  additional Shares,
respectively, at  the  same public  offering  price  per Share  to  cover  over-
allotments,  if any. The Selling Stockholder has the right to assume all, or any
part of  the  Company's  portion  of  the  Over-allotment  Option.  The  Selling
Stockholder  and the Company  have agreed to  pay the International Underwriters
the underwriting discount  set forth on  the cover page  of this Prospectus  for
each additional Share so purchased.
 
     To  the extent  that the  International Underwriters  exercise such option,
each International Underwriter will have  a firm commitment, subject to  certain
conditions,  to purchase the same proportion of  the option Shares as the number
of Shares to be purchased and  offered by such International Underwriter in  the
above  table  bears to  the  total number  of  Shares initially  offered  by the
International Underwriters.
 
     The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholder  have  entered  into  a   U.S.
Underwriting  Agreement  with  the  U.S. Underwriters  named  therein,  for whom
Salomon Brothers  Inc,  Donaldson,  Lufkin &  Jenrette  Securities  Corporation,
Lazard  Freres &  Co. LLC and  Morgan Stanley  & Co. Incorporated  are acting as
representatives (the 'U.S. Representatives'), providing for the concurrent offer
and sale of 6,400,000 Shares in the United States and Canada.

                                      70
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    [Alternate Underwriting section for International Prospectus]
 
     The  Selling  Stockholder  and  the  Company  have  granted  to  the   U.S.
Underwriters  options, exercisable  during the 30-day  period after  the date of
this Prospectus,  to  purchase up  to  640,000 and  320,000  additional  Shares,
respectively,  at  the  same public  offering  price  per Share  to  cover over-
allotments, if any. The Selling Stockholder has the right to assume all, or  any
part  of  the  Company's  portion  of  the  Over-allotment  Option.  The Selling
Stockholder and  the  Company have  agreed  to  pay the  U.S.  Underwriters  the
underwriting  discount set forth on  the cover page of  this Prospectus for each
additional Share so purchased. To the extent that the U.S. Underwriters exercise
such options, each  U.S. Underwriter  will have  a firm  commitment, subject  to
certain  conditions, to purchase the same proportion of the option Shares as the
number of Shares to be purchased and  offered by such U.S. Underwriter bears  to
the total number of Shares initially offered by the U.S. Underwriters.
 
     The offering price and underwriting discount for the International Offering
and the U.S. Offering will be identical. The closing of each of the Offerings is
conditioned on the closing of the other Offering.
 
     The  International Underwriters and the U.S. Underwriters have entered into
an  Agreement  Between  Underwriters  and  Managers  (the  'Agreement  Between')
pursuant  to which each International Underwriter  has severally agreed that, as
part of the distribution  of the 1,100,000 Shares  offered by the  International
Underwriters  (a) it is not purchasing any  Shares for the account of any United
States or Canadian Person, (b) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or
sell, directly or indirectly, any  Shares or distribute any Prospectus  relating
to  the International Offering to any person  within the United States or Canada
or to any United  States or Canadian Person  and (c) any dealer  to whom it  may
sell  any of the  Shares will represent and  agree that it  will comply with the
restrictions set  forth in  (a) and  (b) and  will not  offer, sell,  resell  or
deliver,  directly or indirectly, any of the Shares or distribute any prospectus
relating to the Shares to any other dealer who does not so represent and  agree.
Each  U.S. Underwriter has severally agreed that, as part of the distribution of
the 6,400,000 Shares offered by the  U.S. Underwriters (i) it is not  purchasing
any  Shares for  the account of  anyone other  than a United  States or Canadian
Person, (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or
indirectly, any  Ordinary Shares  or distribute  this Prospectus  to any  person
outside  the United States or Canada or to  anyone other than a United States or
Canadian Person and (iii) any dealer to whom it may sell any of the Shares  will
represent  and agree that it will comply  with the restrictions set forth in (i)
and (ii) and will  not offer, sell, resell  or deliver, directly or  indirectly,
any  of the Shares  or distribute any  prospectus relating to  the Shares to any
other dealer who does not so represent and agree.
 
     The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or  to
certain  other transactions specified  in the Agreement Between.  As used in the
Agreement Between, 'United States' means the United States of America (including
the District  of Columbia)  and  its territories,  possessions and  other  areas
subject  to its jurisdiction, 'Canada' means Canada, its provinces, territories,
possessions and other areas  subject to its jurisdiction  and `United States  or
Canadian  Person' means any person  who is a national  or resident of the United
States or  Canada,  any corporation,  partnership  or other  entity  created  or
organized  in or under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any political
subdivision thereof,  any estate  or trust  the income  of which  is subject  to
United  States or Canadian federal income  taxation, regardless of the source of
its income  (other  than a  foreign  branch of  any  United States  or  Canadian
Person),  and includes any  United States or  Canadian branch of  a person other
than a United States or Canadian Person.
 
     Pursuant to  the Agreement  Between, sales  may be  made between  the  U.S.
Underwriters  and the International Underwriters of such number of Shares as may
be mutually agreed. The price of any Shares so sold shall be the initial  public
offering  price, less  an amount not  greater than the  concession to securities
dealers. To the extent  that there are sales  between the U.S. Underwriters  and
the  International Underwriters pursuant to the Agreement Between, the number of
Shares initially  available  for  sale  by  the  U.S.  Underwriters  or  by  the
International  Underwriters may be more or less than the amount appearing on the
cover page of this Prospectus.
 

     Pursuant to the Agreement Between, each International Underwriter and  each
U.S.  Underwriter has represented that (i) it has not offered or sold and during
the period of six months from the  closing date of the Offerings will not  offer
or  sell any  Shares to persons  in the  United Kingdom except  to persons whose
ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of

                                      71

 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    [Alternate Underwriting section for International Prospectus]

investments (as principal  or agent)  for the  purposes of  their businesses  or
otherwise in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public in the
United  Kingdom for the purposes of  the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the
Financial Services Act of 1986 of Great Britain with respect to anything done by
it in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;
and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in  the
United  Kingdom any  document received  by it  in connection  with the  issue of
Shares to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the  Financial
Services  Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1995 of Great
Britain or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or
passed on.

 
     Pursuant to the Lock-Up Agreement, the Company, the Selling Stockholder and
certain other parties have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to
sell, or otherwise dispose of, or announce the offerings of, any Shares, or  any
securities  convertible into, or  exchangeable for, or  exercisable into, Shares
for a period of 180 days from the date hereof without the prior written  consent
of Salomon Brothers Inc. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale.'
 
     Pursuant  to the Agreement  Between, each U.S.  Underwriter has represented
that it has  not offered  or sold,  and has  agreed not  to offer  or sell,  any
Shares,  directly or  indirectly, in Canada  in contravention  of the securities
laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof and has represented that any
offer of Shares in Canada  will be made only pursuant  to an exemption from  the
requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory of Canada in which
such  offer is  made. Each U.S.  Underwriter has  further agreed to  send to any
dealer who purchases from it any Shares  a notice stating in substance that,  by
purchasing  such  Shares, such  dealer  represents and  agrees  that it  has not
offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such
Shares in  Canada in  contravention of  the  securities laws  of Canada  or  any
province  or territory  thereof and that  any offer  of Shares in  Canada or any
province or territory thereof  and that any  offer of Shares  in Canada will  be
made  only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus in
the province or territory of Canada in  which such offer is made, and that  such
dealer  will deliver to any other  dealer to whom it sells  any of such Shares a
notice to the foregoing effect.
 
     The International and U.S. Underwriting Agreements provide that the Company
and  the   Selling  Stockholder   will  indemnify   the  several   International
Underwriters  and  U.S.  Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities  under  the   Securities  Act,   or  contribute   to  payments   the
International  Underwriters and the U.S. Underwriters may be required to make in
respect thereof.
 

     The U.S.  Underwriters  have  reserved  for sale,  at  the  initial  public
offering price, approximately 160,000 of the Shares offered in the U.S. Offering
to  directors, officers and employees of  the Company, their business affiliates
and related parties, in each case as such persons have expressed an interest  in
purchasing such Shares in the Offerings. The number of Shares available for sale
to  the general public will be reduced  to the extent such persons purchase such
reserved Shares. Any  reserved Shares not  so purchased will  be offered by  the
U.S.  Underwriters to the general  public on the same  basis as the other Shares
offered in the U.S. Offering.

 
     Prior to the  Offerings, there has  been no public  market for the  Shares.
Accordingly,  the  initial  public  offering  price  for  the  Shares  has  been
determined by  negotiation  among  the Company,  the  Selling  Stockholder,  the
International Representatives and the U.S. Representatives. Among the factors to
be  considered  in determining  the initial  public offering  price will  be the
Company's record  of operations,  its current  financial condition,  its  future
prospects,  the  market  for its  products,  the experience  of  management, the
economic conditions of the Company's industry in general, the general  condition
of  the equity securities market, the demand for similar securities of companies
considered comparable to the Company and other relevant factors. There can be no
assurance, however, that  the prices  at which Shares  will sell  in the  public
market  after the Offerings will  not be lower than the  price at which they are
sold by the International Underwriters and the U.S. Underwriters.

                                      72
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    [Alternate Underwriting section for International Prospectus]
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the Shares will be passed on for  the
Company  by  Goodwin, Procter  & Hoar  LLP, Boston,  Massachusetts, and  for the
Underwriters by Latham & Watkins, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The Consolidated Financial Statements of  the Company and its  Subsidiaries
as  of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period
ended December  31, 1995,  included  in this  Prospectus and  related  financial
statement  schedule  of  the  Company  included  elsewhere  in  the Registration
Statement have been audited by Deloitte  & Touche LLP, independent auditors,  as
stated  in  their reports  appearing  in this  Prospectus  and elsewhere  in the
Registration Statement, and are  included in reliance upon  the reports of  such
firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                      73


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                 [Alternate Cover for International Prospectus]
 
NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR ANY  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDER OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT  THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATES AS OF WHICH INFORMATION IS GIVEN IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  BY
ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED
OR  IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO
SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH SOLICITATION.
 
THERE ARE RESTRICTIONS ON  THE OFFER AND  SALE OF SHARES  OFFERED HEREBY IN  THE
UNITED KINGDOM. ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT 1986 AND
THE  PUBLIC OFFERS OF SECURITIES REGULATIONS  1995 WITH RESPECT TO ANYTHING DONE
BY ANY PERSON IN RELATION  TO THE COMMON STOCK  IN, FROM OR OTHERWISE  INVOLVING
THE UNITED KINGDOM MUST BE COMPLIED WITH. SEE 'UNDERWRITING.'
                         ------------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                                                       ----
<S>                                                                                                                    <C>
Additional Information..............................................................................................     2
Prospectus Summary..................................................................................................     3
Risk Factors........................................................................................................     8
Use of Proceeds.....................................................................................................    15
Dividend Policy.....................................................................................................    15
Dilution............................................................................................................    16
Capitalization......................................................................................................    17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data................................................................................    18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...............................    19
Business............................................................................................................    28
Management..........................................................................................................    47
Principal and Selling Stockholders..................................................................................    58
Certain Relationships and Transactions..............................................................................    59
Description of Indebtedness.........................................................................................    60
Description of Capital Stock........................................................................................    63
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....................................................................................    67
Certain United States Tax Consequences
  to Non-United States Holders......................................................................................    68
Underwriting........................................................................................................    70
Legal Matters.......................................................................................................    73
Experts.............................................................................................................    73
Index to Financial Statements.......................................................................................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
                         ------------------------------
 

UNTIL  JUNE  9, 1996  (25 DAYS  AFTER  THE COMMENCEMENT  OF THIS  OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED  TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  IS  IN
ADDITION  TO THE OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO  DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

 
7,500,000 SHARES
THE GENERAL CHEMICAL
GROUP INC.
 
COMMON STOCK
($.01 PAR VALUE)
 
[LOGO]
SALOMON BROTHERS
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
 
DONALDSON, LUFKIN  &  JENRETTE
    SECURITIES CORPORATION
 
LAZARD CAPITAL MARKETS
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
   INTERNATIONAL
 

PROSPECTUS
DATED MAY 15, 1996





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission